]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
(f90-mode-abbrev-table): Mark all the predefined abbrevs as "system"
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15384 21747))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15320 20918))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
158 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
159
160 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
161
162 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
163 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
164 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
165
166 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
167 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
168 the same person.
169
170 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
171 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
172 notices.
173
174 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
175 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
176
177 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
178 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
179 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
180 the change log file in another window." t nil)
181 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
182
183 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
184 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
185 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
186 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
187 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
188 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
189
190 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
191 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192
193 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
194 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
195
196 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
197 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
198
199 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
200 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
201
202 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
203 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
204
205 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
206 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
207 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
208 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
209 `add-log-current-defun-function'
210
211 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
212
213 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
214 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
215 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
216 the appropriate motion commands).
217
218 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
219 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
220
221 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
222 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
223
224 ;;;***
225 \f
226 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
227 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15384
228 ;;;;;; 21745))
229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
230
231 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
232 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
233 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
234 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
235 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
236 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
237 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
238 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
239 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
240 interpreted as `error'.")
241
242 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
243 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
244 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
245 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
246 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
247 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
248 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
249 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
250
251 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
252 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
253 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
254 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
255 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
256 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
257 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
258 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
259 will be overwritten with the new one.
260 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
261 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
262 will clear the cache." nil nil)
263
264 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
265 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
266 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
267
268 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
269 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
270 BODY... )
271
272 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
273 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
274 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
275 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
276 see also `ad-add-advice'.
277 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
278 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
279 before/around/after-advices will be used.
280 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
281 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
282 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
283 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
284 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
285 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
286
287 Semantics of the various flags:
288 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
289 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
290 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
291
292 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
293 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
294
295 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
296 advised function should be compiled.
297
298 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
299 during activation until somebody enables it.
300
301 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
302 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
303 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
304 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
305
306 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
307 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
308 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
309 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
310 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
311 during preloading.
312
313 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
314
315 ;;;***
316 \f
317 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
318 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
319 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15192 12206))
320 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
321
322 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
323 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
324 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
325 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
326 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
327 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
328 rule's `separate' attribute).
329
330 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
331 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
332 `separate' attribute set.
333
334 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
335 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
336 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
337 on the format of these lists." t nil)
338
339 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
340 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
341 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
342 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
343 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
344 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
345 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
346 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
347 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
348 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
349 options.
350
351 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
352 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
353
354 Fred (123) 456-7890
355 Alice (123) 456-7890
356 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
357 Joe (123) 456-7890
358
359 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
360 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
361 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
362
363 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
364 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
365 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
366 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
367 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
368 align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
371 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
372 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
373 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
374 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
375 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
376 been used to align that section." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
381 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
382 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
383 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
384 to be colored." t nil)
385
386 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
387 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
388
389 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
390 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
391
392 ;;;***
393 \f
394 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
395 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15322 26506))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
397 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
398
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
400 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
401 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
402 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
403 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
404 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
405
406 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
407
408 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
409
410 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
411
412 ;;;***
413 \f
414 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
415 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15223 37897))
416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
417
418 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
419 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
420 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
421 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
422 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
423 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
424 in the current window." nil nil)
425
426 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
427 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
428 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
429
430 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
431 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
436 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15384 21740))
437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
438
439 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
440 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
441
442 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
443 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
444
445 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
446 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
447 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
448 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
449
450 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
451 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
452
453 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
454
455 ;;;***
456 \f
457 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
458 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15384 21747))
459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
460
461 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
462 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
463 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
464 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
465 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
466 \\[yank].
467
468 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
469 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
470 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
471 the rules.
472
473 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
474 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
475 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
476 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
477
478 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
479 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
480 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
481
482 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
483 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
484 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
485
486 ;;;***
487 \f
488 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
489 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
490 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
491 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15384 21744))
492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
493
494 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
495 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
496 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
497 as the first thing on a line.")
498
499 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
500 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
501
502 (defvar appt-audible t "\
503 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
504
505 (defvar appt-visible t "\
506 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
507
508 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
509 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
510
511 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
512 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
513
514 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
515 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
516
517 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
518 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
519 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
520
521 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
522 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
523 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
524
525 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
526 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
527
528 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
529 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
530 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
531 put in the appointments list.
532 02/23/89
533 12:00pm lunch
534 Wednesday
535 10:00am group meeting
536 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
537 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
538 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
539
540 ;;;***
541 \f
542 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
543 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15358
544 ;;;;;; 31081))
545 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
546
547 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
548 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
549
550 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
551
552 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
553 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
554 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
555 normal variables." t nil)
556
557 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
558
559 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
560 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
561 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
562 noninteractive functions.
563
564 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
565 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
566
567 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
568 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
569 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
570 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
571 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
572
573 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
574 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
576 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
577 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
578
579 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
580 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
581 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
582 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
583 bindings.
584 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
585
586 ;;;***
587 \f
588 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15260
589 ;;;;;; 30413))
590 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
591
592 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
593 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
594 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
595 Letters no longer insert themselves.
596 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
597 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
598
599 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
600 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
601 archive.
602
603 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
604
605 ;;;***
606 \f
607 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15384 21740))
608 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
609
610 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
611 Major mode for editing arrays.
612
613 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
614 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
615 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
616
617 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
618
619 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
620 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
621 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
622
623 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
624 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
625 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
626 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
627 The variables are:
628
629 Variables you assign:
630 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
631 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
632 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
633 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
634 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
635 row numbers in the buffer.
636
637 Variables which are calculated:
638 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
639 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
640
641 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
642 take a numeric prefix argument):
643
644 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
645 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
646 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
647 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
648
649 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
650 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
651 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
652 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
653
654 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
655 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
656 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
657 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
658
659 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
660 between that of point and mark.
661
662 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
663 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
664
665 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
666 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
667 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
668 newlines inside rows)
669
670 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
671
672 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
673
674 ;;;***
675 \f
676 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15384
677 ;;;;;; 21747))
678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
679
680 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
681 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
682 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
683 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
684
685 How to quit artist mode
686
687 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
688
689
690 How to submit a bug report
691
692 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
693
694
695 Drawing with the mouse:
696
697 mouse-2
698 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
699 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
700 below).
701
702 mouse-1
703 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
704 or pastes:
705
706 Operation Not shifted Shifted
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
708 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
709 to new point
710 --------------------------------------------------------------
711 Line Line in any direction Straight line
712 --------------------------------------------------------------
713 Rectangle Rectangle Square
714 --------------------------------------------------------------
715 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
716 --------------------------------------------------------------
717 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
718 --------------------------------------------------------------
719 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
722 --------------------------------------------------------------
723 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
726 lines
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732 Paste Paste Paste
733 --------------------------------------------------------------
734 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
735 --------------------------------------------------------------
736
737 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
738 or diagonally.
739
740 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
741 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
742 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
743 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
744 poly-lines.
745
746 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
747 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
748 overwrite means the opposite.
749
750 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
751 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
752 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
753
754 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
755
756 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
757 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
758
759 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
760 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
761 are currently drawing something.
762
763 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
764 some time to fill.
765
766
767 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
768 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
769
770
771 Settings
772
773 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
774
775 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
776
777 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
778
779 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
780
781 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
782 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
783
784 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
785
786
787 Drawing with keys
788
789 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
790 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
791 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
792 When erase characters: toggles erasing
793 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
794 When pasting: Pastes
795
796 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
797
798 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
799
800 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
801 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
802 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
803 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
804 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
805 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
806
807
808 Arrows
809
810 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
811 of the line/poly-line
812
813 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
814 of the line/poly-line
815
816
817 Selecting operation
818
819 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
820
821 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
822 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
823 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
824 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
825 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
826 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
827 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
828 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
829 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
830 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
831 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
832 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
833 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
834 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
835 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
839 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
840 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
841
842
843 Variables
844
845 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
846 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
847
848 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
849 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
850 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
851 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
852 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
853 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
854 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
855 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
856 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
857 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
858 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
859 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
860 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
861 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
862 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
863 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
864 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
865 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
866 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
867
868 Hooks
869
870 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
871 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
872
873
874 Keymap summary
875
876 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
877
878 ;;;***
879 \f
880 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
881 ;;;;;; 36495))
882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
883
884 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
885 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
886 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
887
888 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
889 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
890 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
891 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
892
893 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
894 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
895
896 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
897 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
898
899 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
900
901 Special commands:
902 \\{asm-mode-map}
903 " t nil)
904
905 ;;;***
906 \f
907 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
908 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
909 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
910
911 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
912 Obsolete.")
913
914 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
915 This command is obsolete." t nil)
916
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
920 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
922
923 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
924 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
925 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
927 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
928
929 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
930
931 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
932
933 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
934 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
935 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
936 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
937 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
938 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
939 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
940 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
941 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
942 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
943
944 For example:
945 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
946 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
947 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
948 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
949 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
950
951 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
952
953 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
954 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
955 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
957 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
958
959 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
960
961 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
962
963 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
964 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
965 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
966 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
967 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
968 &c to supply digit arguments.
969
970 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
971
972 ;;;***
973 \f
974 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
975 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
977
978 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
979 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
980
981 ;;;***
982 \f
983 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
984 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15391 40437))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
986
987 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
988 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
989 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
990
991 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
992 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
993 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
994 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
995
996 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
997 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
998 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1000 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1001
1002 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1003
1004 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1005
1006 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1007 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1008 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1009 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1010
1011 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1012 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1013
1014 ;;;***
1015 \f
1016 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1017 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1018 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1020
1021 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1022 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1023 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1024 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1025
1026 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1027 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1028 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1031 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1032 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1033
1034 ;;;***
1035 \f
1036 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1037 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1038 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1040
1041 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1042 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1043
1044 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1045 instead.")
1046
1047 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1048 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1049
1050 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1051 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1052
1053 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1054
1055 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1056
1057 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1058 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1059
1060 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1061 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1062 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1063
1064 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1065 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1066
1067 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1068 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1069
1070 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1071 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1072
1073 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1074 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1075 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1076
1077 ;;;***
1078 \f
1079 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1080 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 49176))
1081 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1082
1083 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1084 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1085 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1087 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1088
1089 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1090
1091 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1092
1093 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1094 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1095 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1096 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1097
1098 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1099 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1100 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1101
1102 Effects of the different modes:
1103 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1104 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1105 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1106 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1107 a random distance & direction.
1108 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1109 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1110 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1111
1112 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1113
1114 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1115 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1116 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1117
1118 ;;;***
1119 \f
1120 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15306
1121 ;;;;;; 37170))
1122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1123
1124 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1125 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1126 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1127 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1128 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1129
1130 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1131
1132 ;;;***
1133 \f
1134 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1135 ;;;;;; (15252 33904))
1136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1137
1138 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1139 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1140
1141 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1142 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1143
1144 For example:
1145
1146 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1147 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1148 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1149 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1150
1151 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1152
1153 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1154
1155 ;;;***
1156 \f
1157 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1158 ;;;;;; (15384 21740))
1159 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1160
1161 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1162 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1163 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1164 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1165
1166 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1167 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1168 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1169 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1170 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1171 seconds." t nil)
1172
1173 ;;;***
1174 \f
1175 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15054
1176 ;;;;;; 33529))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1178
1179 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1180 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1181
1182 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1183 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1184 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1185 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1186 message.
1187
1188
1189 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1190
1191 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1192 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1193 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1194 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1195 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1196
1197 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1198 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1199 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1200 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1201 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1202 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1203
1204 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1205 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1206 BibTeX mode.
1207
1208
1209 Special information:
1210
1211 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1212
1213 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1214 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1215 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1216 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1217 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1218 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1219 current field.
1220 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1221 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1222
1223 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1224 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1225 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1226 bibtex-entry-format.
1227 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1228 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1229 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1230
1231 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1232 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1233
1234 The following may be of interest as well:
1235
1236 Functions:
1237 bibtex-entry
1238 bibtex-kill-entry
1239 bibtex-yank-pop
1240 bibtex-pop-previous
1241 bibtex-pop-next
1242 bibtex-complete-string
1243 bibtex-complete-key
1244 bibtex-print-help-message
1245 bibtex-generate-autokey
1246 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1247 bibtex-end-of-entry
1248 bibtex-reposition-window
1249 bibtex-mark-entry
1250 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1251 bibtex-ispell-entry
1252 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1253 bibtex-sort-buffer
1254 bibtex-validate
1255 bibtex-count
1256 bibtex-fill-entry
1257 bibtex-reformat
1258 bibtex-convert-alien
1259
1260 Variables:
1261 bibtex-field-delimiters
1262 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1263 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1264 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1265 bibtex-entry-format
1266 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1267 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1268 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1269 bibtex-predefined-strings
1270 bibtex-string-files
1271
1272 ---------------------------------------------------------
1273 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1274 non-nil.
1275
1276 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1277
1278 ;;;***
1279 \f
1280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15192 12228))
1281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1282
1283 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1284
1285 ;;;***
1286 \f
1287 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15394
1288 ;;;;;; 64300))
1289 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1290
1291 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1292 Play blackbox.
1293 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1294
1295 What is blackbox?
1296
1297 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1298 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1299 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1300 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1301 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1302 your score.
1303
1304 Overview of play:
1305
1306 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1307 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1308 four.
1309
1310 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1311 movement keys.
1312
1313 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1314 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1315
1316 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1317 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1318
1319 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1320 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1321 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1322 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1323 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1324 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1325
1326 Details:
1327
1328 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1329
1330 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1331 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1332 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1333 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1334
1335 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1336 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1337 denoted by the letter `R'.
1338
1339 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1340 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1341 denoted by the letter `H'.
1342
1343 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1344 example.
1345
1346 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1347 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1348 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1349 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1350 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1351 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1352 ray.
1353
1354 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1355 degree deflection it causes.
1356
1357 1
1358 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1359 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1360 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1361 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1365 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1366 2 3
1367
1368 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1369 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1370
1371
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1374 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1375 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1378 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1379 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1380
1381 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1382 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1383 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1384 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1385 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1386 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1387 emerging from the box.
1388
1389 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1390
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1394 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1395 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1396 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1397 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1398 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1399
1400 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1401 a reflection." t nil)
1402
1403 ;;;***
1404 \f
1405 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1406 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1407 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1408 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1409 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1410 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15394 64298))
1411 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1412 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1413 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1414 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1415
1416 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1417 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1418 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1419 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1420 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1421 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1422
1423 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1424
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1426
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1428
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1430
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1432
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1434
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1436
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1438
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1440
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1442
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1444
1445 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1446
1447 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1448
1449 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1450 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1451 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1452 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1453 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1454 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1455 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1456 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1457 recent one.
1458
1459 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1460 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1461 yank successive words.
1462
1463 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1464 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1465 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1466 name of the file being visited.
1467
1468 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1469 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1470 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1471
1472 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1473 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1474 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1475 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1476 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1477 this.
1478
1479 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1480 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1481 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1482 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1483
1484 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1485 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1486 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1487 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1488 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1489
1490 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1491 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1492 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1493 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1494
1495 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1496
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1498 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1499 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1500 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1501
1502 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1503 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1504 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1505
1506 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1507 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1508 name." t nil)
1509
1510 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1511 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1512 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1513 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1514 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1515 this." t nil)
1516
1517 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1518 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1519 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1520 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1521 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1522 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1523 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1524 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1525
1526 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1527 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1528 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1529
1530 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1531 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1532 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1533 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1534 \(second argument).
1535
1536 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1537 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1538 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1539 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1540 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1541
1542 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1543 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1544 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1545 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1546
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1548 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1549 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1550 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1551 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1552 while loading.
1553
1554 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1555 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1556 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1557 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1558 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1559 explicitly.
1560
1561 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1562 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1563 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1564 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1565
1566 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1567 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1568 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1569 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1570 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1571
1572 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1573
1574 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1575
1576 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1577 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1578 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1579 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1580 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1581 this.
1582
1583 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1584 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1585 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1586
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1588 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1592 this.
1593
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1597
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1599 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1600 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1601
1602 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1603 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1604 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1605
1606 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1607 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1608 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1609 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1610 prompts for NEWNAME.
1611 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1612 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1613 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1614
1615 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1616 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1617 name.
1618
1619 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1620 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1621 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1622
1623 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1624 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1625 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1626 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1627 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1628 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1629
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1633
1634 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1635
1636 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1637
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1639
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1641
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1643
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1645
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1647
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1649
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1651
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1653
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1655
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1657
1658 ;;;***
1659 \f
1660 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1661 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1665 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1666 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1667 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1668 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1669 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1670 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15384 21746))
1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1672
1673 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1674 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1675 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1676 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1677
1678 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1679 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1680 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1681 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1682 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1683
1684 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1685 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1686
1687 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1688 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1689
1690 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1691 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1692 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1693 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1694 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1695
1696 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1697 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1698 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1699
1700 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1701 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1702
1703 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1704 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1705 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1706 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1707 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1708 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1709
1710 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1711 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1712 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1713 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1714 narrowed." t nil)
1715
1716 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1717 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1718
1719 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1720 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1721
1722 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1723 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1724 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1725 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1726
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1728 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1729 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1730 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1731
1732 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1733 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1734 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1735 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1736 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1737 to use." t nil)
1738
1739 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1740 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1741 Default to the URL around or before point.
1742
1743 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1744 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1745 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1746 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1747
1748 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1749 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1750
1751 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1752 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1753
1754 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1755 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1756 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1757 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1758
1759 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1760 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1761 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1762 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1763
1764 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1765 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1766
1767 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1768 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1769 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1770 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1771
1772 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1773 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1774 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1775 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1776
1777 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1778 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1779
1780 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1781 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1782 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1783 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1784
1785 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1786 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1787 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1788 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1789
1790 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1791 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1792
1793 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1794 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1795 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1796 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1797
1798 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1799 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1800 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1801 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1802
1803 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1804 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1805
1806 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1807 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1808
1809 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1810 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1811 program is invoked according to the variable
1812 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1813
1814 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1815 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1816 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1817 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1818
1819 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1820 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1821
1822 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1823 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1824 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1825
1826 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1827 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1828 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1829 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1830
1831 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1832 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1833 Default to the URL around or before point.
1834
1835 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1836 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1837 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1838
1839 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1840 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1841 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1842 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1843
1844 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1845 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1846
1847 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1848 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1849 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1852 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1853 Default to the URL around or before point.
1854
1855 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1856 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1857 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1858
1859 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1860 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1861
1862 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1863 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1864 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1865 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1866
1867 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1868 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1869 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1870 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1871 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1872
1873 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1874 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1875 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1876 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1877
1878 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1879 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1880 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1881 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1882
1883 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1884 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1885
1886 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1887 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1888 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1889
1890 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1891 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1892 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1893 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1894 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1895 current one.
1896
1897 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1898 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1899 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1900 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1901
1902 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1903 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1904
1905 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1906 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1907 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1908 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1909 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1910 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1911
1912 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1913 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1914 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1915
1916 ;;;***
1917 \f
1918 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15391
1919 ;;;;;; 40440))
1920 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1921
1922 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1923 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1924
1925 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1926 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1927
1928 ;;;***
1929 \f
1930 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1931 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15358 31081))
1932 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1933
1934 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1935 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1936 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1937 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1938
1939 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1940 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1941 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1942 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1943
1944 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1945 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1946
1947 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1948 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1949 \\<bs-mode-map>
1950 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1951 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1952 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1953 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1954
1955 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1956 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1957 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1958 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1959 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1960
1961 ;;;***
1962 \f
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1964 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15328
1965 ;;;;;; 62164))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1967
1968 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1969 Keymap used by buttons.")
1970
1971 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1972 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1973 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1974
1975 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1976 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1977 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1978 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1979 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1980 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1981
1982 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1983 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1984 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1985 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
1986
1987 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
1988 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1989 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1990 specifying properties to add to the button.
1991 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1992 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1993 `define-button-type'.
1994
1995 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
1996
1997 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
1998 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1999 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2000 specifying properties to add to the button.
2001 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2002 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2003 `define-button-type'.
2004
2005 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2006
2007 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2008 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2009 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2010 specifying properties to add to the button.
2011 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2012 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2013 `define-button-type'.
2014
2015 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2016 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2017 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2018 `make-text-button'.
2019
2020 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2021
2022 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2023 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2024 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2025 specifying properties to add to the button.
2026 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2027 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2028 `define-button-type'.
2029
2030 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2031 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2032 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2033 `insert-text-button'.
2034
2035 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2036
2037 ;;;***
2038 \f
2039 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2040 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
2041 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
2042 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15358 31086))
2043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2044
2045 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2046 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2047 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2048
2049 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2050 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2051 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2052 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2053
2054 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2055 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2056 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2057 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2058
2059 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2060
2061 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2062 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2063
2064 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2065 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2066 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2067 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2068 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2069
2070 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2071 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2072 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2073 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2076 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2077 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2080 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2081 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2082 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2083 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2084 all functions called by those functions.
2085
2086 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2087 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2088 cons, etc.).
2089
2090 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2091 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2092 invoked interactively." t nil)
2093
2094 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2095 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2096 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2097 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2098 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2099 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
2100
2101 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2102 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2103 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2104 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2105
2106 ;;;***
2107 \f
2108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15192 12220))
2109 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2110
2111 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2112
2113 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2114
2115 ;;;***
2116 \f
2117 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2118 ;;;;;; (15192 12220))
2119 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2120
2121 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2122 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2123 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2124 from the cursor position." t nil)
2125
2126 ;;;***
2127 \f
2128 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2129 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2130 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15394
2131 ;;;;;; 64299))
2132 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2133
2134 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2135 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2136
2137 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2138 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2139
2140 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2141 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2142 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2143 If nil, use original installation directory.
2144 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2145
2146 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2147 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2148
2149 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2150 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2151
2152 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2153 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2154 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2155
2156 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2157 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2158
2159 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2160 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2161
2162 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2163 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2164
2165 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2166 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2172
2173 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2174 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2175 This is most useful in the X window system.
2176 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2177 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2180 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2181 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2182
2183 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2184 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2187 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2190 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2193 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2194 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2197
2198 ;;;***
2199 \f
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2201 ;;;;;; (15394 64299))
2202 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2203
2204 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2205 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2206
2207 ;;;***
2208 \f
2209 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15302
2210 ;;;;;; 65117))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2212
2213 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2214 Run the Emacs calculator.
2215 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2216
2217 ;;;***
2218 \f
2219 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2220 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2221 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2222 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2223 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2224 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2225 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2226 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2227 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2228 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2229 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2230 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2231 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2232 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2233 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2234 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2235 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
2236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2237
2238 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2239 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2240 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2241
2242 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2243 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2244 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2245 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2246 the screen.")
2247
2248 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2249 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2250 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2251 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2252 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2253
2254 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2255 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2256 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2257 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2258 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2259 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2260 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2261
2262 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2263 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2264 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2265 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2266 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2267
2268 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2269 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2270 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2271
2272 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2273 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2274 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2275
2276 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2277 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2278 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2279
2280 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2281 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2282 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2283 displayed.")
2284
2285 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2286 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2287 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2288
2289 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2290 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2291 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2292
2293 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2294
2295 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2296 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2297 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2298
2299 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2300 calendar.")
2301
2302 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2303 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2304 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2305
2306 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2307 calendar.")
2308
2309 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2310 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2311 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2312
2313 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2314 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2315 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2316 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2317 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2318
2319 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2320 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2321 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2322 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2323 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2324 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2325 a function is also provided for this:
2326 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2327
2328 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2329 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2330 date is not visible in the window.
2331
2332 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2333 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2334 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2335
2336 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2337 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2338
2339 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2340 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2341 date is visible in the window.
2342
2343 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2344 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2345 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2346
2347 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2348 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2349
2350 For example,
2351
2352 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2353
2354 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2355
2356 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2357 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2358
2359 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2360
2361 MONTH/DAY
2362 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2363 MONTHNAME DAY
2364 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2365 DAYNAME
2366
2367 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2368 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2369 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2370 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2371 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2372 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2373 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2374 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2375 respectively.
2376
2377 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2378 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2379 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2380
2381 DAY/MONTH
2382 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2383 DAY MONTHNAME
2384 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2385 DAYNAME
2386
2387 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2388 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2389
2390 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2391 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2392 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2393 window but will appear in a diary window.
2394
2395 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2396 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2397
2398 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2399 entries (in the default American style):
2400
2401 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2402 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2403 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2404 21: Payday
2405 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2406 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2407 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2408 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2409 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2410 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2411 &* 15 time cards due.
2412
2413 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2414 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2415 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2416 single diary entry
2417
2418 02/11/1989
2419 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2420 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2421 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2422 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2423 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2424 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2425
2426 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2427 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2428 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2429
2430 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2431
2432 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2433
2434 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2435 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2436 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2437 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2438 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2439 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2440 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2441 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2442 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2443
2444 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2445 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2446 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2447 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2448 for these functions for details.
2449
2450 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2451 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2452
2453 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2454 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2455
2456 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2457 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2458
2459 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2460 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2461
2462 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2463 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2464 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2465
2466 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2467 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2468 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2469
2470 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2471 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2472 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2473 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2474
2475 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2476 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2477 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2478 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2479
2480 DAY/MONTH
2481 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2482 DAY MONTHNAME
2483 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2484 DAYNAME
2485
2486 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2487 characters with or without a period.")
2488
2489 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2490 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2491 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2492
2493 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2494 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2495 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2496
2497 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2498 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2499 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2500
2501 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2502 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2503 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2504
2505 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2506 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2507 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2508 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2509 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2510 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2511
2512 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2513 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2514 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2515
2516 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2517 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2518 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2519 of the form
2520
2521 #include \"filename\"
2522
2523 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2524 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2525 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2526 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2527 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2528
2529 For example, you could use
2530
2531 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2532 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2533 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2534
2535 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2536 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2537 lexicographic order.")
2538
2539 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2540 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2541 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2542
2543 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2544 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2545 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2546 diary display.
2547
2548 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2549 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2550 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2551 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2552 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2553 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2554 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2555
2556 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2557 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2558 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2559 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2560 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2561 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2562 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2563 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2564
2565 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2566 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2567 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2568 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2569 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2570 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2571
2572 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2573 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2574
2575 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2576 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2577 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2578 of the form
2579 #include \"filename\"
2580 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2581 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2582 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2583 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2584 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2585
2586 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2587 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2588 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2589 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2590 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2591 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2592
2593 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2594 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2595 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2596 are holidays.")
2597
2598 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2599 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2600 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2601 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2602 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2603
2604 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2605
2606 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2607 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2608 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2609
2610 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2611
2612 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2613 *Oriental holidays.
2614 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2615
2616 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2617
2618 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2619 *Local holidays.
2620 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2621
2622 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2623
2624 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2625 *User defined holidays.
2626 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2627
2628 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2629
2630 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2631
2632 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2633
2634 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2635
2636 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2637
2638 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2639
2640 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2641
2642 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2643
2644 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2645
2646 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2647 *Jewish holidays.
2648 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2649
2650 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2651
2652 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2653 *Christian holidays.
2654 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2655
2656 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2657
2658 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2659 *Islamic holidays.
2660 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2661
2662 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2663
2664 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2665 *Sun-related holidays.
2666 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2667
2668 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2669
2670 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2671 The frame set up of the calendar.
2672 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2673 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2674 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2675 any other value the current frame is used.")
2676
2677 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2678 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2679 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2680
2681 ;;;***
2682 \f
2683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15192 12240))
2684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2685
2686 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2687 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2688
2689 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2690 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2691
2692 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2693 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2694
2695 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2696 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2697
2698 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2699 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2700
2701 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2702 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2703
2704 ;;;***
2705 \f
2706 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2707 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2708 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2710
2711 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2712
2713 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2714 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2715 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2716 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2717 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2718 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2719
2720 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2721
2722 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2723 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2724 run first.
2725
2726 Key bindings:
2727 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2728
2729 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2730 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2731 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2732 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2733 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2734 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2735 message.
2736
2737 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2738
2739 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2740 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2741 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2742
2743 Key bindings:
2744 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2745
2746 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2747 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2748 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2749 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2750 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2751 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2752 message.
2753
2754 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2755
2756 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2757 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2758 is run first.
2759
2760 Key bindings:
2761 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2764 Major mode for editing Java code.
2765 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2766 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2767 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2768 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2769 message.
2770
2771 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2772
2773 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2774 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2775 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2776 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2777 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2778
2779 Key bindings:
2780 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2783 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2784 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2785 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2786 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2787 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2788 message.
2789
2790 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2791
2792 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2793 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2794 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2795
2796 Key bindings:
2797 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2798
2799 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2800 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2801 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2802 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2803 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2804 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2805 message.
2806
2807 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2808
2809 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2810 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2811 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2812
2813 Key bindings:
2814 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2815
2816 ;;;***
2817 \f
2818 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2819 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15192 12241))
2820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2821
2822 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2823 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2824 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2825 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2826 for details of setting up styles.
2827
2828 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2829 style name.
2830
2831 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2832 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2833 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2834 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2835 will be reassigned.
2836
2837 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2838 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2839 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2840
2841 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2842 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2843 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2844 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2845
2846 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2847
2848 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2849 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2850 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2853 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2854 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2855 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2856 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15306 37170))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2862
2863 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2864 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2865 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2866 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2867 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2868
2869 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2870 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2871
2872 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2873 `infodock'.")
2874
2875 ;;;***
2876 \f
2877 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2878 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2879 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2881
2882 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2883 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2884
2885 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2886 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2887
2888 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2889 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2890
2891 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2892 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2893 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2894 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2895 execution.
2896
2897 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2898
2899 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2900 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2901
2902 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2903 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2904 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2905 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2906
2907 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2908 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2909 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2910 `write' commands.
2911
2912 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2913 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2914 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2915 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2916
2917 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2918 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2919 semantics.
2920
2921 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2922
2923 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2924
2925 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2926
2927 STATEMENT :=
2928 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2929 | TRANSLATE | END
2930
2931 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2932 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2933 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2934 | integer
2935
2936 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2937
2938 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2939 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2940 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2941
2942 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2943 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2944 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2945
2946 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2947 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2948
2949 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2950 BREAK := (break)
2951
2952 REPEAT :=
2953 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2954 (repeat)
2955 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2956 ;; (repeat))
2957 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2958 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2959 ;; (read REG)
2960 ;; (repeat))
2961 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2962 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2963 ;; (read REG)
2964 ;; (repeat))
2965 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2966
2967 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2968 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2969 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2970 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2971 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2972 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2973 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2974 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2975 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2976 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2977 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2978 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2979 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2980 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2981 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2982 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2983
2984 WRITE :=
2985 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2986 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2987 ;; representation.
2988 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2989 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2990 ;; (write r7))
2991 | (write EXPRESSION)
2992 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2993 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2994 ;; representation.
2995 | (write integer)
2996 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2997 ;; buffer.
2998 | (write string)
2999 ;; Same as: (write string)
3000 | string
3001 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3002 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3003 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3004 ;; representation.
3005 | (write REG ARRAY)
3006 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3007 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3008 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3009 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3010 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3011 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3012
3013 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3014 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3015
3016 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3017 END := (end)
3018
3019 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3020 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3021 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3022
3023 ARG := REG | integer
3024
3025 OPERATOR :=
3026 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3027 + | - | * | / | %
3028
3029 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3030 | & | `|' | ^
3031
3032 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3033 | << | >>
3034
3035 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3036 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3037 | <8
3038
3039 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3040 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3041 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3042 | >8
3043
3044 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3045 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3046 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3047 | //
3048
3049 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3050 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3051
3052 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3053 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3054 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3055 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3056 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3057 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3058 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3059 | de-sjis
3060
3061 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3062 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3063 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3064 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3065 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3066 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3067 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3068 ;; byte of SJIS.
3069 | en-sjis
3070
3071 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3072 ;; Same meaning as C code
3073 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3074
3075 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3076 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3077 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3078 | <8=
3079
3080 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3081 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3082 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3083
3084 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3085 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3086 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3087 | //=
3088
3089 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3090
3091
3092 TRANSLATE :=
3093 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3094 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3095 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3096 MAP :=
3097 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3098 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3099 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3100 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3101 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3102 MAP-ID := integer
3103 " nil (quote macro))
3104
3105 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3106 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3107 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3108 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3109 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3110 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3111
3112 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3113 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3114 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3115
3116 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3121 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3122 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3123 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3124 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3125 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3126 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3127 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3128 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3130
3131 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3132 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3133 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3134 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3135
3136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3137 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3138 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3139 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3140 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3141 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3142 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3143 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3144
3145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3146 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3147 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3148 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3149 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3150 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3151 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3152 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3153
3154 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3155 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3156 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3157 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3158 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3159
3160 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3161 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3162 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3163 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3164 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3165
3166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3167 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3168 Only documentation strings are checked.
3169 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3170 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3171 a separate buffer." t nil)
3172
3173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3174 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3175 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3176 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3177 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3178
3179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3180 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3182 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3183 if there is one." t nil)
3184
3185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3186 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3187 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3188 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3189 if there is one.
3190 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3191
3192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3193 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3194 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3195
3196 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3197 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3198 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3199 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3200 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3201
3202 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3203 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3204 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3205 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3206 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3207 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3208
3209 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3210 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3211 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3212 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3213
3214 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3215 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3216 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3217 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3218
3219 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3220 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3221 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3222 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3223
3224 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3225 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3226 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3227 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3228
3229 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3230 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3231 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3232 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3233
3234 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3235 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3236 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3237 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3238
3239 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3240 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3241 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3242 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3243
3244 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3246 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3248
3249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3250 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3251 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3253
3254 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3255 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3256 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3257
3258 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3259 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3260 checking of documentation strings.
3261
3262 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3263
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3267 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3268 ;;;;;; 40439))
3269 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3270
3271 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3272 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3273 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3274
3275 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3276 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3277
3278 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3279 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3280 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3281
3282 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3283 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3284
3285 ;;;***
3286 \f
3287 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3288 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14884 48970))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3290
3291 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3292 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3293 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3294 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3295 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3296 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3297
3298 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3299 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3300 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3301 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3302 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3303
3304 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3305
3306 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3307 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3308 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3309 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3310 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3311
3312 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3313 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3314 \\{command-history-map}
3315
3316 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3317 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3318
3319 ;;;***
3320 \f
3321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15384 21745))
3322 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3323
3324 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3325 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3326 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3327 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3328 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3329 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3330
3331 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3332 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3333
3334 ;;;***
3335 \f
3336 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3337 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3339
3340 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3341
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3345 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3347
3348 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3349 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3350 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3351 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3352
3353 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3354 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3355 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3356
3357 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3358 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3359
3360 ;;;***
3361 \f
3362 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3363 ;;;;;; 64298))
3364 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3365
3366 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3367 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3368 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3369 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3370 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3371 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3372 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3373 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3374
3375 ;;;***
3376 \f
3377 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3378 ;;;;;; (15387 34065))
3379 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3380
3381 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3382 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3383 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3384 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3385 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3386 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3387
3388 ;;;***
3389 \f
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3391 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3392 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15384 21745))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3394
3395 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3396 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3397 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3398 ASCII table.
3399
3400 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3401 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3402 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3403 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3404
3405 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3406 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3407 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3408
3409 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3410 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3411 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3412
3413 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3414 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3415 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3416
3417 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3418 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3419
3420 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3421 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3422 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3423
3424 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3425 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3426
3427 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3428 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3429
3430 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3431 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3432 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3433
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3437 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3438 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3439 ;;;;;; (15394 64298))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3441
3442 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3443 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3444 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3445 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3446 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3447 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3448 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3449 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3450
3451 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3452
3453 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3454 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3455 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3456 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3457 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3458 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3459 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3460 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3461
3462 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3463
3464 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3465 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3466 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3467 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3468 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3469 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3470
3471 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3472 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3473 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3474
3475 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3476
3477 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3478 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3479 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3480
3481 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3482
3483 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3484 Send COMMAND to current process.
3485 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3486 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3487
3488 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3489 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3490 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3491 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3492
3493 ;;;***
3494 \f
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15192
3496 ;;;;;; 12207))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3498
3499 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3500 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3501 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3502 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3503
3504 This command pushes the mark in each window
3505 at the prior location of point in that window.
3506 If both windows display the same buffer,
3507 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3508 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3509
3510 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3511 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3512 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3513
3514 ;;;***
3515 \f
3516 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3517 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3518 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3519 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15384 21747))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3521
3522 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3523 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3524
3525 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3526 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3527
3528 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3529 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3530 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3531 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3532 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3533
3534 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3535 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3536 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3537 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3538 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3539
3540 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3541 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3542 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3543 describing how the process finished.")
3544
3545 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3546 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3547 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3548 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3549
3550 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3551 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3552 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3553
3554 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3555 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3556 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3557 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3558
3559 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3560 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3561 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3562 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3563
3564 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3565 and move to the source code that caused it.
3566
3567 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3568 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3569
3570 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3571 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3572 Then start the next one.
3573
3574 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3575 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3576 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3577
3578 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3579 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3580 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3581 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3582 where grep found matches.
3583
3584 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3585 easily repeat a grep command.
3586
3587 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3588 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3589 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3590 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3591
3592 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3593 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3594 Collect output in a buffer.
3595 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3596 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3597
3598 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3599 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3600
3601 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3602 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3603 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3604 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3605 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3606
3607 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3608
3609 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3610 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3611 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3612 See `compilation-mode'.
3613 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3614
3615 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3616 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3617 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3618 See `compilation-mode'.
3619 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3620
3621 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3622 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3623
3624 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3625 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3626
3627 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3628 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3629 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3630 and start at the first error.
3631
3632 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3633 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3634 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3635 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3636 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3637 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3638
3639 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3640 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3641 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3642
3643 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3644 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3645 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3646
3647 ;;;***
3648 \f
3649 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3650 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3651 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3652
3653 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3654 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3655 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3657 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3658
3659 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3660
3661 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3662
3663 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3664 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3665 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3666
3667 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3668 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3669 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3670 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3671
3672 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3673 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3674 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3675 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3676
3677 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3678 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3679 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3680 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3681
3682 ;;;***
3683 \f
3684 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3685 ;;;;;; (15394 64298))
3686 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3687
3688 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3689 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3690
3691 ;;;***
3692 \f
3693 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3694 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3695 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3696 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3698
3699 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3700 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3701 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3702 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3703 `make-composition'.
3704
3705 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3706
3707 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3708 | | 1:tc or top-center
3709 | | 2:tr or top-right
3710 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3711 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3712 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3713 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3714 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3715 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3716
3717 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3718 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3719 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3720 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3721 be added.
3722
3723 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3724 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3725 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3726
3727 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3728 | | |
3729 | global| |
3730 | glyph | |
3731 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3732 +----+--*--+
3733 | | new |
3734 | |glyph|
3735 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3736 ")
3737
3738 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3739 Compose characters in the current region.
3740
3741 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3742
3743 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3744 specifying the region.
3745
3746 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3747 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3748
3749 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3750 of the text in the region.
3751
3752 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3753
3754 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3755 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3756 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3757 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3758
3759 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3760 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3761 detail.
3762
3763 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3764 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3765 text in the composition." t nil)
3766
3767 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3768 Decompose text in the current region.
3769
3770 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3771 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3772
3773 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3774 Compose characters in string STRING.
3775
3776 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3777 the characters in it.
3778
3779 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3780 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3781 STRING respectively.
3782
3783 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3784 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3785 `compose-region' for more detail.
3786
3787 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3788 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3789 text in the composition." nil nil)
3790
3791 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3792 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3793
3794 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3795 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3796 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3797 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3798 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3799 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3800 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3801 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3802
3803 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3804 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3805
3806 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3807 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3808
3809 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3810 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3811
3812 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3813 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3814
3815 If no composition is found, return nil.
3816
3817 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3818 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3819
3820 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3821 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3822 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3823
3824 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3825
3826 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3827
3828 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3829 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3830 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3831
3832 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3833
3834 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3835
3836 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3837 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3838
3839 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3840 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3841 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3842 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3843 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3844 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3845 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3846 nil.
3847
3848 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3849 is:
3850 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3851 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3852
3853 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3854
3855 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3856 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3857
3858 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3859
3860 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3861 Compose last characters.
3862 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3863 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3864 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3865 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3866 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3867 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3868 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3869 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3870 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3871 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3872 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3873
3874 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3875 Convert CHAR to string.
3876 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3877
3878 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3879 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3880 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3881
3882 ;;;***
3883 \f
3884 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3885 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15384 21747))
3886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3887
3888 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3889 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3890 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3891 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3892
3893 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3894 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3895 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3896 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3897
3898 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3899 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3900 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3901 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3902
3903 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3904 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3905
3906 ;;;***
3907 \f
3908 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3909 ;;;;;; (15301 19232))
3910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3911
3912 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3913 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3914 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3915 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3916 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3917 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3920 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3921
3922 ;;;***
3923 \f
3924 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3925 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
3926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3927
3928 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3929 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3930 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3931 Tab indents for Perl code.
3932 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3933 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3934
3935 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3936 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3937 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3938 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3939 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3940 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3941 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3942 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3943 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3944 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3945 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3946 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3947
3948 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3949
3950 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3951 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3952
3953 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3954
3955 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3956 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3957 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3958 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3959 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3960 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3961 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3962 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3963 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3964
3965 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3966
3967 bite if angry;
3968
3969 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3970 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3971 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3972 to nil.)
3973
3974 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3975 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3976 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3977
3978 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3979
3980 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3981 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3982 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3983 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3984 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3985
3986 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3987
3988 if (A) { B }
3989
3990 into
3991
3992 B if A;
3993
3994 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3995
3996 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3997 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3998 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3999 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4000 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4001 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4002 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4003 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4004 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4005 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4006 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4007 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4008 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4009
4010 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4011 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4012 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4013 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4014 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4015 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4016
4017 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4018 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4019 man via menu.
4020
4021 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4022 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4023 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4024 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4025 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4026
4027 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4028 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4029 span the needed amount of lines.
4030
4031 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4032 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4033 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4034 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4035
4036 Variables controlling indentation style:
4037 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4038 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4039 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4040 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4041 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4042 `cperl-auto-newline'
4043 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4044 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4045 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4046 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4047 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4048 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4049 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4050 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4051 `cperl-indent-level'
4052 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4053 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4054 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4055 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4056 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4057 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4058 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4059 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4060 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4061 `cperl-brace-offset'
4062 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4063 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4064 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4065 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4066 `cperl-label-offset'
4067 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4068 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4069 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4070
4071 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4072 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4073 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4074 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4075 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4076
4077 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4078 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4079 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4080 \(both available from menu).
4081
4082 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4083 column 0 is indented on
4084 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4085
4086 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4087 with no args.
4088
4089 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4090 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4091 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4092
4093 ;;;***
4094 \f
4095 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4096 ;;;;;; (15349 7598))
4097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4098
4099 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4100 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4101 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4102 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4103 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4104
4105 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4106 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4107
4108 ;;;***
4109 \f
4110 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4111 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
4112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4113
4114 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4115 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4116 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4117 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4118
4119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4120 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4121
4122 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4123
4124 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4125
4126 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4127 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4128 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4129
4130 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4131
4132 ;;;***
4133 \f
4134 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4135 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4137
4138 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4139 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4140 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4141 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4142
4143 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4144 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4145 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4146 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4147
4148 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4149 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4150 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4151
4152 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4153 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4154 'bob', and 'eve'.
4155
4156 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4157 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4158 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4159
4160 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4161
4162 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4163 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4164 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4165
4166 ;;;***
4167 \f
4168 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4169 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4170 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4171 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4172 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4173 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4174 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4175 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4176 ;;;;;; (15384 21741))
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4178 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4179
4180 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4181 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4182
4183 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4184 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4185
4186 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4187 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4188
4189 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4190
4191 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4192 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4193
4194 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4195 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4196
4197 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4198 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4199
4200 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4201 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4202
4203 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4204 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4205
4206 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4207
4208 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4209 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4210 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4211 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4212
4213 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4214 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4215
4216 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4217 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4218
4219 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4220 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4221
4222 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4223
4224 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4225 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4226 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4227 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4228 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4229
4230 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4232
4233 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4234 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4235
4236 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4237
4238 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4239 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4240
4241 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4242 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4243 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4244 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4245 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4246
4247 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4248 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4249 version." t nil)
4250
4251 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4252
4253 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4254 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4255 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4256
4257 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4258 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4259 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4262 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4263
4264 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4265 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4266
4267 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4268 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4269
4270 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4271 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4272 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4273 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4274 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4275 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4276 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4277
4278 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4279 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4280 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4281
4282 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4283 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4284
4285 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4286 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4287
4288 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4289 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4290 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4291 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4292 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4293 that option." nil nil)
4294
4295 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4296 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4297 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4298 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4299 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4300 that option." nil nil)
4301
4302 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4303 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4304
4305 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4306 File used for storing customization information.
4307 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4308 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4309 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4310
4311 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4312 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4313 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4314 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4315
4316 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4317 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4320 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4321
4322 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4323 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4324 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4325
4326 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4327 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4328 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4329 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4330 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4331
4332 ;;;***
4333 \f
4334 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4335 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15297 22173))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4337
4338 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4339 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4340
4341 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4342 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4343 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4344
4345 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4346
4347 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4348 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4349 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4350
4351 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4352
4353 ;;;***
4354 \f
4355 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4356 ;;;;;; (15394 64298))
4357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4358
4359 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4360 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4361
4362 ;;;***
4363 \f
4364 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4365 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15384 21747))
4366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4367
4368 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4369 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4370
4371 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4372 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4373 C++ modes are included.
4374
4375 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4376
4377 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4378 Turn on CWarn mode.
4379
4380 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4381 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4382
4383 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4384 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4385
4386 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4387
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4391 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4392 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4393 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4394
4395 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4396 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4397
4398 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4399 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4400
4401 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4402 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4403 For readability, the table is slightly
4404 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4405
4406 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4407 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4408 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4409 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4410 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4411
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4415 ;;;;;; (15337 53819))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4417
4418 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4419
4420 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4421
4422 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4423 Completion on current word.
4424 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4425 and presents suggestions for completion.
4426
4427 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4428 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4429 completions.
4430
4431 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4432 then it searches *all* buffers.
4433
4434 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4435 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4436
4437 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4438 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4439
4440 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4441 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4442 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4443 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4444 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4445
4446 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4447 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4448
4449 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4450 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4451 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4452
4453 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4454 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4455
4456 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4457
4458 ;;;***
4459 \f
4460 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15384
4461 ;;;;;; 21747))
4462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4463
4464 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4465 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4466
4467 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4468 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4469 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4470
4471 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4472 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4473 Data lines are not indented.
4474
4475 Key bindings:
4476
4477 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4478 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4479
4480 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4481 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4482 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4483 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4484
4485 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4486
4487 dcl-basic-offset
4488 Extra indentation within blocks.
4489
4490 dcl-continuation-offset
4491 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4492
4493 dcl-margin-offset
4494 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4495
4496 dcl-margin-label-offset
4497 Indentation for a label.
4498
4499 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4500 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4501
4502 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4503 dcl-block-end-regexp
4504 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4505 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4506 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4507 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4508 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4509
4510 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4511 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4512 Two such functions are included in the package:
4513 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4514 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4515
4516 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4517 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4518 One such function is included in the package:
4519 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4520
4521 dcl-tab-always-indent
4522 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4523 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4524 margin.
4525
4526 dcl-electric-characters
4527 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4528 typed.
4529
4530 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4531 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4532 which words trigger electric indentation.
4533
4534 dcl-tempo-comma
4535 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4536 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4537 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4538
4539 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4540 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4541 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4542 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4543
4544 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4545 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4546 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4547 dcl-imenu-label-call
4548 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4549
4550 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4551 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4552 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4553 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4554
4555
4556 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4557
4558 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4559 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4560 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4561 $ i = 1
4562 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4563 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4564 $ label:
4565 $ if i.eq.1
4566 $ then
4567 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4568 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4569 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4570 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4571 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4572 \"lined up with the command line\"
4573 $ type sys$input
4574 Data lines are not indented at all.
4575 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4576 $ endif
4577 $
4578 " t nil)
4579
4580 ;;;***
4581 \f
4582 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4583 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15391 40439))
4584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4585
4586 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4587
4588 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4589 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4590 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4591 of the evaluator.
4592
4593 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4594 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4595 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4596
4597 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4598 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4599 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4600 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4601 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4602 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4603 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4604
4605 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4606 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4607 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4608
4609 ;;;***
4610 \f
4611 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4612 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
4613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4614
4615 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4616 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4617
4618 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4619 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4620 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4621 Upper-case letters are commands.
4622
4623 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4624 modify it.
4625
4626 The most useful commands are:
4627 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4628 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4629 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4630 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4631 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4632 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4633
4634 ;;;***
4635 \f
4636 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4637 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15306
4638 ;;;;;; 37162))
4639 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4640
4641 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4642 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4643
4644 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4645 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4646
4647 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4648
4649 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4650 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4651
4652 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4653
4654 ;;;***
4655 \f
4656 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15384
4657 ;;;;;; 21747))
4658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4659
4660 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4661 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4662 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4663 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4664 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4665 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4666
4667 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4668
4669 Customization:
4670
4671 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4672 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4673 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4674 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4675 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4676 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4677 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4678 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4680 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4681 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4682 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4683 blank line.
4684 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4685 Directories to search when finding external units.
4686 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4687 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4688
4689 Coloring:
4690
4691 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4692 Face used to color delphi comments.
4693 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4694 Face used to color delphi strings.
4695 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4696 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4697 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4698 Face used to color everything else.
4699
4700 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4701 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4702
4703 ;;;***
4704 \f
4705 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15358
4706 ;;;;;; 31081))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4708
4709 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4710
4711 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4712 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4713 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4715 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4716
4717 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4718
4719 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4720
4721 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4722 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4723 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4724 positive.
4725
4726 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4727 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4728 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4729 any selection." t nil)
4730
4731 ;;;***
4732 \f
4733 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4734 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15384 21741))
4735 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4736
4737 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4738 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4739
4740 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4741
4742 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4743 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4744 or nil if there is no parent.
4745 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4746 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4747 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4748 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4749 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4750
4751 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4752
4753 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4754
4755 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4756 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4757 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4758
4759 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4760 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4761
4762 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4763 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4764 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4765
4766 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4767 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4768
4769 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4770 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4771 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4772 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4773 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4774
4775 ;;;***
4776 \f
4777 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4778 ;;;;;; (15358 31081))
4779 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4780
4781 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4782 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4783 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4784
4785 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4786 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4787 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4788 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4789
4790 ;;;***
4791 \f
4792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15391
4793 ;;;;;; 40440))
4794 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4795
4796 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4797
4798 ;;;***
4799 \f
4800 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4801 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4803
4804 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4805 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4806 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4807 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4808 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4809
4810 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4811 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4812 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4813
4814 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4815 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4816 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4817 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4818
4819 #!/bin/sh
4820 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4821 emacs -batch \\
4822 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4823 european-calendar-style t \\
4824 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4825 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4826 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4827
4828 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4829 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4830 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4831 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4832
4833 ;;;***
4834 \f
4835 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4836 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15301 19231))
4837 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4838
4839 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4840 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4841
4842 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4843 *The command to use to run diff.")
4844
4845 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4846 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4847 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4848 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4849 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4850
4851 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4852 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4853 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4854 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4855 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4856
4857 ;;;***
4858 \f
4859 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4860 ;;;;;; (15384 21741))
4861 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4862
4863 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4864 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4865 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4866 normal diffs.
4867 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4868
4869 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4870 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4871 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4872
4873 ;;;***
4874 \f
4875 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4876 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4877 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4878 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4879 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15394 64298))
4880 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4881
4882 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4883 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4884 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4885 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4886 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4887 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4888 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4889 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4890
4891 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4892 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4893
4894 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4895 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4896 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4897 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4898 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4899
4900 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4901 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4902
4903 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4904 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4905 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4906 always set this variable to t.")
4907
4908 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4909 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4910 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4911 A value of t means move to first file.")
4912
4913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4914 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4915 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4916 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4917 are afterward marked with that character.")
4918
4919 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4920 *Controls marking of copied files.
4921 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4922 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4923
4924 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4925 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4926 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4927 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4928
4929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4933
4934 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4935 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4936 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4937 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4938
4939 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4940
4941 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4942 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4943 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4944 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4945
4946 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4947 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4948 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4949 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4950 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4951 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4952 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4953 list of files to make directory entries for.
4954 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4955 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4956 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4957 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4958
4959 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4960 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4961
4962 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4963 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4964 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4965
4966 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4967 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4970 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4971
4972 ;;;***
4973 \f
4974 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4975 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4976 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4977 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4978 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4979 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4980 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4981 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4982 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4983 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4984 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4985 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4986 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15394 64298))
4987 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4988
4989 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4990 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4991 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4992 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4993 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4994 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4995 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4996
4997 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4998 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4999 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5000 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5001 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5002 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5005 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5006 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5009 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5010
5011 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5012 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5013
5014 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5015 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5016 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5017 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5018
5019 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5020 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5021 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5022 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5023 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5024
5025 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5026
5027 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
5028 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
5029 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5030
5031 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5032 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5033 instead of at the end of the command.
5034
5035 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
5036 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
5037 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5038
5039 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
5040 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
5041
5042 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5043 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5044
5045 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5046 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5047 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5048 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5049 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5050 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5051
5052 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5055 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5056
5057 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5058 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5059
5060 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5061 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5062
5063 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5064 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5065 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5066 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5067
5068 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5069
5070 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5071
5072 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5073
5074 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5075
5076 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5077
5078 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5079 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5080
5081 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5082 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5083 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5084 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5085 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5086 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5087 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5088 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5089 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5090
5091 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5092 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5093 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5094 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5095 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5096 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5097 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5098 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5099
5100 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5101 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5102 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5103 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5104 and new hard links are made in that directory
5105 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5106 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5107 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5108
5109 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5110 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5111 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5112 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5113 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5114 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5115
5116 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5117 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5118
5119 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5120 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5121 file if none are marked.
5122
5123 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5124 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5125 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5126 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5127
5128 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5129 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5130
5131 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5132 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5133 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5134
5135 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5136 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5137 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5138
5139 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5140 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5141 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5144 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5145
5146 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5147 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5150 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5151 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5152 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5153 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5154 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5155 this subdirectory.
5156 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5159 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5160 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5161 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5162 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5163 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5164 this subdirectory.
5165 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5166
5167 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5168 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5169 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5170
5171 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5172 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5173 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5174 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5175
5176 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5177 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5178 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5179 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5180
5181 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5182 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5183 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5186 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5187
5188 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5189 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5190
5191 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5192 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5193 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5194 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5195
5196 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5197 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5198 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5199 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5200
5201 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5202 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5203 Stops when a match is found.
5204 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5205
5206 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5207 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5208 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5209 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5210 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5211
5212 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5213 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5214 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5215 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5216
5217 ;;;***
5218 \f
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15391 40437))
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5221
5222 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5223 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5224 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5225 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5226 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5227 buffer and try again." t nil)
5228
5229 ;;;***
5230 \f
5231 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15054 32525))
5232 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5233
5234 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5235 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5236 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5237
5238 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5239
5240 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5241 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5242
5243 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5244 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5245 " nil nil)
5246
5247 ;;;***
5248 \f
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5250 ;;;;;; 9615))
5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5252
5253 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5254 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5255 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5256 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5257 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5258 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5259
5260 ;;;***
5261 \f
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5263 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5264 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5265 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5266 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15384 21741))
5267 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5268
5269 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5270 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5271
5272 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5273 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5274 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5275 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5276 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5277
5278 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5279 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5280 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5281 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5282 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5283
5284 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5285 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5286
5287 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5288 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5289
5290 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5291 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5292
5293 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5294 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5295
5296 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5297 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5298
5299 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5300 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5301 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5302 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5303
5304 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5305 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5306 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5307 X frame." nil nil)
5308
5309 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5310 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5311
5312 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5313 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5314
5315 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5316 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5317
5318 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5319 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5320 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5321 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5322
5323 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5324 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5325 European character display.
5326
5327 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5328 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5329 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5330 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5331
5332 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5333 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5334 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5335 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5336 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5337
5338 ;;;***
5339 \f
5340 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5341 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
5342 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5343
5344 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5345 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5346 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5347 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5348 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5349 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5350 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5351 Default is 2." t nil)
5352
5353 ;;;***
5354 \f
5355 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15318 28377))
5356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5357
5358 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5359 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5360
5361 ;;;***
5362 \f
5363 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5364 ;;;;;; (15192 12208))
5365 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5366
5367 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5368 Toggle Double mode.
5369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5370 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5371
5372 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5373
5374 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5375
5376 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5377 Toggle Double mode.
5378 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5379
5380 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5381 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5382
5383 ;;;***
5384 \f
5385 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15192 12238))
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5387
5388 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5389 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5390
5391 ;;;***
5392 \f
5393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5394 ;;;;;; (15234 3951))
5395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5396
5397 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5398 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5399
5400 ;;;***
5401 \f
5402 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5403 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5404 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15223 37895))
5405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5406
5407 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5408
5409 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5410 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5411 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5412 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5413
5414 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5415 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5416 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5417 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5418 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5419 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5420 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5421 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5422 used (see below).
5423
5424 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5425 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5426 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5427 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5428 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5429 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5430 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5431 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5432 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5433
5434 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5435 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5436 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5437 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5438 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5439 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5440
5441 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5442 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5443 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5444 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5445 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5446 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5447 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5448
5449 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5450
5451 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5452 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5453 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5454
5455 ;;;***
5456 \f
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5458 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15391
5459 ;;;;;; 40439))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5461
5462 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5463
5464 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5465 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5466 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5467 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5468
5469 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5470 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5471
5472 :filter FUNCTION
5473
5474 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5475 menu displayed.
5476
5477 :visible INCLUDE
5478
5479 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5480 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5481
5482 :active ENABLE
5483
5484 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5485 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5486
5487 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5488
5489 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5490
5491 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5492
5493 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5494 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5495
5496 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5497 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5498
5499 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5500
5501 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5502
5503 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5504
5505 :keys KEYS
5506
5507 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5508 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5509 computed automatically.
5510 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5511
5512 :key-sequence KEYS
5513
5514 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5515 menu item.
5516 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5517 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5518 keyboard equivalent.
5519
5520 :active ENABLE
5521
5522 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5523 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5524
5525 :included INCLUDE
5526
5527 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5528 expression has a non-nil value.
5529
5530 :suffix FORM
5531
5532 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5533 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5534
5535 :style STYLE
5536
5537 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5538 defined:
5539
5540 toggle: A checkbox.
5541 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5542 radio: A radio button.
5543 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5544 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5545 menu bar itself.
5546 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5547
5548 :selected SELECTED
5549
5550 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5551 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5552
5553 :help HELP
5554
5555 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5556
5557 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5558 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5559 as a solid horizontal line.
5560
5561 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5562
5563 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5564
5565 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5566 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5567 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5568 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5569
5570 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5571 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5572 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5573 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5574 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5575 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5576
5577 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5578 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5579 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5580
5581 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5582 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5583
5584 ;;;***
5585 \f
5586 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5587 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5588 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5589 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5590 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15281 51220))
5591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5592
5593 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5594 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5595
5596 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5597 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5598
5599 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5600 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5601 it to the printer.
5602
5603 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5604 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5605 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5606 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5607
5608 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5609 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5610 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5611
5612 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5613 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5614 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5615 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5616
5617 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5618
5619 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5620 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5621 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5622
5623 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5624
5625 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5626 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5627
5628 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5629 The EPS file name has the following form:
5630
5631 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5632
5633 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5634 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5635
5636 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5637 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5638 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5639 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5640
5641 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5642
5643 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5644 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5645
5646 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5647 The EPS file name has the following form:
5648
5649 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5650
5651 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5652 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5653
5654 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5655 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5656 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5657 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5658
5659 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5660
5661 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5662
5663 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5664 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5667 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5668
5669 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5670 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5671
5672 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5673 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5674
5675 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5676 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5677
5678 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5679 Set STYLE to current style.
5680
5681 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5682
5683 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5684 Reset current style.
5685
5686 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5687
5688 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5689 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5690
5691 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5692
5693 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5694 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5695
5696 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5697
5698 ;;;***
5699 \f
5700 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5701 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5702 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5703 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5704 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5705 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15394 64300))
5706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5707
5708 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5709 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5710 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5711 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5712 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5713 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5714
5715 Tree mode key bindings:
5716 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5717
5718 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5719 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5720
5721 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5722 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5723 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5724 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5725 completion." t nil)
5726
5727 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5728 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5729 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5730 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5731
5732 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5733 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5734 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5737 Search for call sites of a member.
5738 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5739 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5740 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5741 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5742
5743 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5744 Move backward in the position stack.
5745 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5746
5747 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5748 Move forward in the position stack.
5749 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5750
5751 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5752 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5753
5754 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5755 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5756
5757 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5758 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5759 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5760 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5761
5762 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5763 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5764
5765 ;;;***
5766 \f
5767 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5768 ;;;;;; (15349 7596))
5769 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5770
5771 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5772 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5773 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5774 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5775
5776 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5777 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5778 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5779
5780 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5781 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5782 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5783
5784 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5785
5786 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5787
5788 ;;;***
5789 \f
5790 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5791 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15192 12208))
5792 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5793
5794 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5795 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5796 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5797
5798 ;;;***
5799 \f
5800 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5801 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15358 31086))
5802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5803
5804 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5805 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5806 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5807 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5808 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5809
5810 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5811 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5812 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5813 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5814
5815 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5816 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5817 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5818 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5819
5820 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5821 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5822 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5823 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5824
5825 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5826
5827 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5828 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5829 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5830 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5831 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5832
5833 ;;;***
5834 \f
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5836 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5837 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5838 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5839 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5840 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5841 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5842 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5843 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5844 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15195 56516))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5846
5847 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5848 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5849
5850 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5851 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5852
5853 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5854
5855 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5856
5857 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5858 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5859
5860 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5861
5862 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5863 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5864
5865 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5866
5867 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5868 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5869 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5870 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5871
5872 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5873
5874 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5875 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5876 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5877 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5878
5879 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5880
5881 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5882 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5883 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5884 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5885
5886 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5887
5888 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5889 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5890 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5891 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5892
5893 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5894
5895 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5896 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5897 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5898 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5899 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5900 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5901
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5903 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5904 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5905 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5906
5907 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5908
5909 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5910 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5911 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5912 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5913
5914 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5915
5916 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5917
5918 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5919 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5920 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5921 follows:
5922 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5923 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5924
5925 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5926 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5927 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5928 follows:
5929 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5930 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5931
5932 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5933 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5934 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5935 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5936 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5937
5938 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5939 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5940 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5941 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5942 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5943 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5944
5945 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5946
5947 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5948 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5949
5950 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5951 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5952
5953 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5954
5955 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5956 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5957
5958 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5959 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5960
5961 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5962 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5963 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5964 buffer." t nil)
5965
5966 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5967 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5968 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5969 buffer." t nil)
5970
5971 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5972 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5973 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5974 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5975
5976 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5977 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5978 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5979 and don't ask the user.
5980 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5981 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5982
5983 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5984 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5985 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5986 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5987 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5988 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5989
5990 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5991
5992 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5993
5994 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5995 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5996 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5997 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5998 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5999
6000 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6001
6002 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6003 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6004 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6005
6006 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6007 Display Ediff's manual.
6008 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6009
6010 ;;;***
6011 \f
6012 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6013 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
6014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6015
6016 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6017
6018 ;;;***
6019 \f
6020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15192 12209))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
6022
6023 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
6024
6025 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
6026
6027 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
6028
6029 ;;;***
6030 \f
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6032 ;;;;;; (15292 25968))
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6034
6035 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6036 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6037
6038 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6039
6040 ;;;***
6041 \f
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6043 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15195 56516))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6045
6046 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6047 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6048 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6049 which see." t nil)
6050
6051 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6052 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6053 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6054 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6055
6056 ;;;***
6057 \f
6058 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6059 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6060 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
6061 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6062 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6063
6064 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6065 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6066 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6067
6068 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6069 Edit a keyboard macro.
6070 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6071 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6072 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6073 its command name.
6074 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6075
6076 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6077 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6078
6079 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6080 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6083 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6084 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6085 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6086 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6087 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6088
6089 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6090 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6091 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6092 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6093
6094 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6095 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6096 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6097 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6098 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6099 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6100
6101 ;;;***
6102 \f
6103 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6104 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15394 64299))
6105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6106
6107 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6108 Set scroll margins.
6109 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6110 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6113 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6114
6115 ;;;***
6116 \f
6117 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6118 ;;;;;; (15054 32526))
6119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6120
6121 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6122 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6123 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6124 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6125 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6126 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6127 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6128 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6129
6130 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6131 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6132
6133 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6134 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6135 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6136 this value is non-nil.
6137
6138 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6139 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6140 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6141
6142 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6143 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6144 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6145
6146 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6147
6148 ;;;***
6149 \f
6150 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6151 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15358 31086))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6153
6154 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6155 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
6156
6157 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6158 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6159 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6160
6161 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6162 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6163 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6164 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6165 from the documentation string if possible.
6166
6167 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6168 instead.
6169
6170 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6171
6172 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6173 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6174
6175 ;;;***
6176 \f
6177 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15192
6178 ;;;;;; 12209))
6179 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6180
6181 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6182 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6183
6184 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6185 an elided material again.
6186
6187 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6188
6189 ;;;***
6190 \f
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6192 ;;;;;; (15394 64299))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6194
6195 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6196 Initialize elint." t nil)
6197
6198 ;;;***
6199 \f
6200 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6201 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15394
6202 ;;;;;; 64299))
6203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6204
6205 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6206 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6207 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6210 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6211 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6212
6213 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6214 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6215 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6216
6217 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6218
6219 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6220 Display current profiling results.
6221 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6222 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6223 displayed." t nil)
6224
6225 ;;;***
6226 \f
6227 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6228 ;;;;;; (15251 13047))
6229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6230
6231 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6232 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6233 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6234
6235 ;;;***
6236 \f
6237 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6238 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6239 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6240 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6241 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15384 21741))
6242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6243
6244 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6245
6246 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6247
6248 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6249
6250 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6251
6252 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6253
6254 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6255
6256 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6257
6258 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6259
6260 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6261
6262 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6263 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6266 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6269 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6272 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6275
6276 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6277
6278 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6279
6280 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6281
6282 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6283 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6284
6285 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6286 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6287
6288 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6289
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6295
6296 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6297 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6298 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6300 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6301
6302 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6303
6304 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6305
6306 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6307 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6308 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6309
6310 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6311 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6312 automatically.
6313
6314 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6315 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6316 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6317
6318 ;;;***
6319 \f
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6321 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15384 21741))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6323
6324 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6325 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6326 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6327 text/enriched format.
6328 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6329
6330 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6331 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6332
6333 Commands:
6334
6335 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6336
6337 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6338
6339 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6340
6341 ;;;***
6342 \f
6343 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15192
6344 ;;;;;; 12227))
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6346
6347 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6348 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6349
6350 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6351
6352 ;;;***
6353 \f
6354 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15192
6355 ;;;;;; 12228))
6356 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6357
6358 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6359 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6360
6361 ;;;***
6362 \f
6363 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6364 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15192 12228))
6365 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6366
6367 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6368 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6369 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6370 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6371 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6372 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6373 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6374
6375 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6376 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6377 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6378
6379 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6380 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6381 The result might be any Lisp object.
6382 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6383 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6384 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6385
6386 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6387 Report a bug in Eshell.
6388 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6389 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6390
6391 ;;;***
6392 \f
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6394 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6395 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6396 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6397 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6398 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6399 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6401
6402 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6403 *File name of tags table.
6404 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6405 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6406 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6407 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6408
6409 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6410 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6411 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6412 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6413
6414 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6415 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6416 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6417 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6418 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6419 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6420
6421 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6422 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6423 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6424 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6425 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6426 `auto-compression-mode').")
6427
6428 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6429 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6430 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6431 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6432 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6433
6434 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6435 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6436 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6437 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6438
6439 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6440 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6441 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6442 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6443 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6444
6445 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6446 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6447 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6448 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6449
6450 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6451 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6452 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6453 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6454 file the tag was in." t nil)
6455
6456 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6457 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6458 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6459 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6460 without directory names." nil nil)
6461
6462 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6463 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6464 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6465 but does not select the buffer.
6466 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6467
6468 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6469 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6470 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6471 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6472 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6473
6474 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6475
6476 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6477 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6478 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6479
6480 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6481
6482 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6483 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6484 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6485 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6486
6487 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6488 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6489 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6490 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6491 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6492
6493 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6494
6495 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6496 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6497 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6498
6499 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6500 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6501
6502 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6503 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6504 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6505 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6506 around or before point.
6507
6508 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6509 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6510 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6511 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6512 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6513
6514 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6515
6516 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6517 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6518 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6519
6520 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6521 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6522
6523 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6524 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6525 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6526 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6527 around or before point.
6528
6529 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6530 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6531 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6532 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6533 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6534
6535 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6536
6537 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6538 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6539 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6540
6541 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6542 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6543
6544 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6545 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6546 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6547
6548 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6549 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6550 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6551 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6552 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6553
6554 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6555
6556 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6557 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6558 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6559
6560 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6561 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6562 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6563
6564 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6565 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6566
6567 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6568 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6569 where they were found." t nil)
6570
6571 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6572 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6573
6574 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6575 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6576 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6577
6578 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6579 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6580
6581 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6582 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6583
6584 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6585 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6586 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6587 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6588
6589 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6590 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6591 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6592 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6593 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6594 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6595
6596 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6597 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6598 Stops when a match is found.
6599 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6600
6601 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6602
6603 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6604 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6605 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6606 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6607 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6608
6609 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6610
6611 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6612 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6613 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6614 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6615 directory specification." t nil)
6616
6617 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6618 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6621 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6622 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6623 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6624
6625 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6626 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6627 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6628 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6629 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6630
6631 ;;;***
6632 \f
6633 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6634 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6635 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6636 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6637 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6638 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6639 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6640 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15394 64299))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6642
6643 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6644
6645 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6646 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6647 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6648 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6649
6650 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6651 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6652 language.
6653
6654 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6655 even if the buffer is read-only.
6656
6657 See also the descriptions of the variables
6658 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6659 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6660
6661 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6662 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6663
6664 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6665 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6666
6667 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6668 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6669 language.
6670
6671 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6672 buffer is read-only.
6673
6674 See also the descriptions of the variables
6675 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6676 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6677
6678 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6679 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6680 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6683 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6684
6685 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6686 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6687
6688 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6689 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6690
6691 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6692 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6693 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6694 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6695
6696 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6697 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6698 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6699 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6700
6701 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6702 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6703 the primary language.
6704
6705 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6706 buffer is read-only.
6707
6708 See also the descriptions of the variables
6709 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6710 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6711
6712 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6713 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6714 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6715 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6716
6717 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6718 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6719 primary language.
6720
6721 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6722 buffer is read-only.
6723
6724 See also the descriptions of the variables
6725 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6726 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6727
6728 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6729 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6730 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6731
6732 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6733 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6734
6735 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6736 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6737 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6738 3) convert the body into SERA.
6739
6740 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6741
6742 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6743 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6744 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6745
6746 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6747 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6748
6749 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6750 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6751
6752 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6753 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6754 be 1, 2, or 3.
6755
6756 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6757 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6758 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6759
6760 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6761
6762 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6763 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6764
6765 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6766 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6767 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6768
6769 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6770 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6771
6772 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6773 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6774
6775 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6776 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6777
6778 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6779 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6780
6781 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6782 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6783
6784 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6785 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6786
6787 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6788 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6789
6790 ;;;***
6791 \f
6792 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6793 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6794 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6796
6797 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6798 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6799 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6800 server for future sessions." t nil)
6801
6802 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6803 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6804
6805 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6806 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6807
6808 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6809 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6810 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6811 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6812 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6813 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6814 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6815 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6816 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6817 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6818 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6819 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6820
6821 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6822 Display a form to query the directory server.
6823 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6824 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6825
6826 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6827 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6828 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6829
6830 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6835 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6836 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15192 12237))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6838
6839 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6840 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6841
6842 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6843 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6844
6845 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6846 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6847
6848 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6849 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6850
6851 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6852 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6853
6854 ;;;***
6855 \f
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6857 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15192 12237))
6858 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6859
6860 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6861 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6862 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6863
6864 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6865 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6866
6867 ;;;***
6868 \f
6869 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6870 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
6871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6872
6873 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6874 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6875
6876 ;;;***
6877 \f
6878 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6879 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6880 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15306 37171))
6881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6882
6883 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6884 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6885 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6886
6887 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6888 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6889 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6890 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6891 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6892 executable." t nil)
6893
6894 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6895 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6896 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6897
6898 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6899 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6900 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6901 file modes." nil nil)
6902
6903 ;;;***
6904 \f
6905 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6906 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15384 21741))
6907 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6908
6909 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6910 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6911 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6912 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6913
6914 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6915
6916 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6917 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6918 to generate such functions.
6919
6920 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6921 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6922 beginning of the expanded text.
6923
6924 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6925 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6926 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6927 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6928
6929 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6930
6931 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6932 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6933 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6934
6935 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6936 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6937 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6938 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6939 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6940
6941 ;;;***
6942 \f
6943 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15384 21747))
6944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6945
6946 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6947 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6948
6949 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6950 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6951 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6952
6953 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6954
6955 Key definitions:
6956 \\{f90-mode-map}
6957
6958 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6959
6960 f90-do-indent
6961 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6962 f90-if-indent
6963 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6964 f90-type-indent
6965 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6966 f90-program-indent
6967 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6968 (default 2)
6969 f90-continuation-indent
6970 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6971 f90-comment-region
6972 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6973 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6974 f90-indented-comment-re
6975 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6976 (default \"!\")
6977 f90-directive-comment-re
6978 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6979 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6980 f90-break-delimiters
6981 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6982 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6983 f90-break-before-delimiters
6984 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6985 (default t)
6986 f90-beginning-ampersand
6987 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6988 f90-smart-end
6989 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6990 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6991 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6992 f90-auto-keyword-case
6993 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6994 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6995 f90-leave-line-no
6996 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6997 f90-startup-message
6998 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6999 f90-keywords-re
7000 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7001
7002 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7003 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7004
7005 ;;;***
7006 \f
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
7008 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
7009 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
7010 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
7011 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15384 21741))
7012 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7013 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7014 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7015
7016 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7017 Menu keymap for faces.")
7018
7019 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7020
7021 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7022 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7023
7024 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7025
7026 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7027 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7028
7029 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7030
7031 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7032 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7033
7034 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7035
7036 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7037 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7038
7039 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7040
7041 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7042 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7043
7044 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7045
7046 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7047 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7048
7049 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7050
7051 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7052
7053 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7054
7055 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7056
7057 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7058 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7059 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7060 will not show through at all will be removed.
7061
7062 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7063
7064 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7065 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7066 requested face.
7067
7068 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7069 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7070 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7071
7072 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7073 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7074 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
7075
7076 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7077 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7078 requested face.
7079
7080 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7081 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7082 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7085 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7086 Reads the color in the minibuffer.
7087
7088 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7089 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7090 requested face.
7091
7092 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7093 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7094 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7095
7096 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7097 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7098 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7099 is the menu item's name.
7100
7101 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7102 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7103 requested face.
7104
7105 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7106 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7107 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7108
7109 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7110 Make the region invisible.
7111 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7112 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7115 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7116 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7117 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7120 Make the region unmodifiable.
7121 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7122 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7123
7124 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7125 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7128 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7129
7130 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7131 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7132 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7133
7134 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7135 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7138 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7141 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7142 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7143 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7144 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7145
7146 ;;;***
7147 \f
7148 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7149 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15384 21741))
7150 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7151
7152 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7153 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7154 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7155 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7156
7157 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7158
7159 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7160 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7161 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7162
7163 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7164 - When you save the file's buffer.
7165 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7166 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7167 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7168 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7169
7170 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7171
7172 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7173 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7174 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7175 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7178 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7179
7180 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7181
7182 ;;;***
7183 \f
7184 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7185 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7186 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15394 64300))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7188
7189 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7190 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7191 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7192 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7193
7194 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7195 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7198 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7199 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7200 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7203 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7204 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7205 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7206 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7207
7208 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7209 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7210 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7211 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7212 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7213 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7214 internally by feedmail):
7215
7216 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7217 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7218 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7219 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7220
7221 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7222 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7223 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7224 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7225 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7226
7227 ;;;***
7228 \f
7229 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7230 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15155 16525))
7231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7232
7233 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7234 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7235 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7236 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7237 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7238 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7239 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7242 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7243 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7244 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7245 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7246 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7247 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7248
7249 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7250 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7251
7252 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7253 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7254 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7255 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7256 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7257 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7260 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7261 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7262 Return value:
7263 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7264 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7265 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7266
7267 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7268 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7269
7270 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7271 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7272
7273 ;;;***
7274 \f
7275 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7276 ;;;;;; (15384 21741))
7277 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7278
7279 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7280 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7281 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7282 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7283 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7284 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7285 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7286 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7287 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7288 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7289
7290 ;;;***
7291 \f
7292 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7293 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15192 12210))
7294 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7295
7296 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7297 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7298 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7299 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7300 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7301
7302 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7303 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7304 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7305 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7306
7307 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7308 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7309 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7310
7311 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7312
7313 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7314 as the final argument." t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7317 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7318 and run dired on those files.
7319 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7320 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7321
7322 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7325 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7326 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7327
7328 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7329
7330 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7331
7332 ;;;***
7333 \f
7334 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7335 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7336 ;;;;;; (15391 40437))
7337 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7338
7339 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7340 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7341 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7342
7343 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7346 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7347 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7348
7349 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7350 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7351
7352 Variables of interest include:
7353
7354 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7355 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7356 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7357
7358 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7359 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7360 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7361
7362 - `ff-ignore-include'
7363 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7364
7365 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7366 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7367
7368 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7369 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7370
7371 - `ff-special-constructs'
7372 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7373 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7374 extracting the filename from that construct.
7375
7376 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7377 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7378
7379 - `ff-search-directories'
7380 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7381 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7382
7383 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7384 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7385
7386 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7387 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7388
7389 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7390 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7391
7392 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7393 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7394
7395 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7396 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7399 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7402 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7403
7404 ;;;***
7405 \f
7406 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7407 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7408 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7409 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7410 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7411 ;;;;;; (15326 12779))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7413
7414 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7415 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7416
7417 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7418 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7419 not selected.
7420
7421 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7422 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7423 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7424
7425 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7426 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7427
7428 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7429 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7430 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7431 it is one of the current buffers.
7432
7433 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7434 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7435 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7438 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7439
7440 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7443 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7444
7445 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7448 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7449
7450 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7451 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7452 not selected.
7453
7454 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7455 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7456
7457 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7458 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7459
7460 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7461 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7462 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7463 it is one of the current buffers.
7464
7465 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7466 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7467 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7470 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7471
7472 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7475 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7476
7477 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7480 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7481 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7484 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7487 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7490 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7491
7492 ;;;***
7493 \f
7494 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7495 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15192 12210))
7496 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7497
7498 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7499 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7500
7501 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7502 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7505 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7506
7507 ;;;***
7508 \f
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7510 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15192 12210))
7511 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7512
7513 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7514 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7515
7516 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7517 Display FILE's commentary section.
7518 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7519
7520 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7521 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7522
7523 ;;;***
7524 \f
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7526 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7528
7529 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7530 Toggle flow control handling.
7531 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7532 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7535 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7536 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7537 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7538 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7539 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7540
7541 ;;;***
7542 \f
7543 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7544 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7545 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15349 7598))
7546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7547
7548 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7549 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7550 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7551
7552 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7553 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7554
7555 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7556 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7557 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7558 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7559 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7560 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7561
7562 Bindings:
7563 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7564 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7565 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7566
7567 Hooks:
7568 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7569
7570 Remark:
7571 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7572 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7573 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7574
7575 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7576 consider adding:
7577 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7578 in your .emacs file.
7579
7580 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7581 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7582
7583 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) nil nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7584
7585 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7586 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7587
7588 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7589 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7590
7591 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7592 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7593
7594 ;;;***
7595 \f
7596 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7597 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7598 ;;;;;; (15192 12210))
7599 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7600
7601 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7602 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7605 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7606
7607 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7608 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7609
7610 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7611 of two major techniques:
7612
7613 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7614 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7615 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7616
7617 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7618 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7619 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7620 movement commands.
7621
7622 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7623 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7624 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7625 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7626 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7627 mileage may vary).
7628
7629 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7630 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7631
7632 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7633
7634 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7635 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7636 \(This is the default.)
7637
7638 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7639 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7640
7641 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7642 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7643
7644 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7645 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7646
7647 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7648 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7649 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7650 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7651 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7652 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7653
7654 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7655 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7656 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7657
7658 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7659 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7660 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7661
7662 ;;;***
7663 \f
7664 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7665 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7666 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15384 21741))
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7668
7669 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7670
7671 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7672 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7673 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7674 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7675 Lock on.
7676 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7677
7678 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7679
7680 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7681 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7682 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7683 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7684
7685 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7686 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7687
7688 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7689 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7690
7691 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7692
7693 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7694 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7695 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7696
7697 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7698
7699 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7700 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7701 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7702 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7703 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7704 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7705
7706 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7707 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7708
7709 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7710 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7711
7712 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7713 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7714 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7715
7716 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7717 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7718
7719 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7720 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7721 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7722
7723 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7724 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7725 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7726
7727 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7728 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7729
7730 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7731 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7732 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7733 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7734 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7735 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7736 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7737 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7738 end of the current highlighting list.
7739
7740 For example:
7741
7742 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7743 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7744 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7745
7746 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7747 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7748
7749 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7750 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7751 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7752
7753 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7754 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7755 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7756
7757 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7758 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7759
7760 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7761 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7762
7763 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7764 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7765 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7766
7767 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7768 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7769 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7770 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7771 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7772
7773 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7774
7775 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7776
7777 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7778 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7779 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7780 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7781 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7782
7783 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7784 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7785
7786 ;;;***
7787 \f
7788 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7789 ;;;;;; (15394 64299))
7790 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7791
7792 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7793 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7794 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7795 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7796 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7797
7798 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7799 compatibility.
7800
7801 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7802 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7803
7804 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7805
7806 ;;;***
7807 \f
7808 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7809 ;;;;;; 64300))
7810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7811
7812 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7813 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7814 \\<message-mode-map>
7815 key binding
7816 --- -------
7817
7818 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7819 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7820 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7821 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7822 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7823 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7824 " t nil)
7825
7826 ;;;***
7827 \f
7828 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7829 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15192 12211))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7831
7832 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7833 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7834
7835 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7836 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7837 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7838 C-c < forms-first-record <
7839 C-c > forms-last-record >
7840 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7841 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7842 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7843 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7844 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7845 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7846 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7847 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7848 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7849 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7850 " t nil)
7851
7852 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7853 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7856 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7857
7858 ;;;***
7859 \f
7860 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7861 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15384 21747))
7862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7863
7864 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7865 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7866 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7867 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7868 with a character in column 6.")
7869
7870 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7871 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7872 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7873 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7874
7875 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7876 Fortran keywords.
7877
7878 Key definitions:
7879 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7880
7881 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7882
7883 `comment-start'
7884 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7885 set this to the string \"!\".
7886 `fortran-do-indent'
7887 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7888 `fortran-if-indent'
7889 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7890 `fortran-structure-indent'
7891 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7892 (default 3)
7893 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7894 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7895 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7896 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7897 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7898 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7899 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7900 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7901 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7902 (for TAB format continuation style).
7903 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7904 indentation for a line of code.
7905 (default 'fixed)
7906 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7907 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7908 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7909 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7910 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7911 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7912 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7913 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7914 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7915 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7916 column 5. (default 1)
7917 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7918 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7919 statements. (default nil)
7920 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7921 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7922 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7923 statement. (default nil)
7924 `fortran-continuation-string'
7925 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7926 line. (default \"$\")
7927 `fortran-comment-region'
7928 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7929 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7930 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7931 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7932 as typed. (default t)
7933 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7934 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7935 (default t)
7936
7937 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7938 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7939
7940 ;;;***
7941 \f
7942 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7943 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15197 18454))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7945
7946 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7947 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7948
7949 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7950 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7951
7952 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7953 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7954
7955 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7956 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7959 Compile fortune file.
7960
7961 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7962 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7963
7964 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7965 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7966
7967 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7968 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7969 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7970 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7971
7972 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7973 Display a fortune cookie.
7974
7975 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7976 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7977 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7978 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7979
7980 ;;;***
7981 \f
7982 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7983 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7985
7986 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7987 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7988
7989 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7990 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7991
7992 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7993 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7994 function.
7995
7996 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7997 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7998 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7999 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8000 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8001 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8002
8003 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8004 Each keyword should be a string.
8005
8006 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8007 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8008
8009 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8010 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8011 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8012
8013 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8014
8015 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8016
8017 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8018 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8019 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8020 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8021
8022 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8023 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8024
8025 ;;;***
8026 \f
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8028 ;;;;;; (15252 33905))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8030
8031 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8032 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8033 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8034 at places they belong to." t nil)
8035
8036 ;;;***
8037 \f
8038 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8039 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15341 16282))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8041
8042 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8043 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8046 Read network news.
8047 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8048 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8049 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8050 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8051 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8052
8053 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8054 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8057 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8058
8059 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8060 Read network news.
8061 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8062 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8063 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8064
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8068 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8069 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8071
8072 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8073 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8076 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8079 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8080 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8081 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8082
8083 \(gnus-agentize)
8084
8085 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8086 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8087 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8088
8089 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8090 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8091
8092 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8093
8094 ;;;***
8095 \f
8096 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8097 ;;;;;; (15394 64299))
8098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8099
8100 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8101 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8102
8103 ;;;***
8104 \f
8105 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8106 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8108
8109 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8110 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8111
8112 ;;;***
8113 \f
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8115 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14863
8116 ;;;;;; 43073))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8118
8119 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8120 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8121
8122 Usage:
8123 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8126 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8129 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8130
8131 ;;;***
8132 \f
8133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8134 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15384 21745))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8136
8137 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8138 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8139 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8142 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8143
8144 ;;;***
8145 \f
8146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8147 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
8148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8149
8150 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8151
8152 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8153 Run batched scoring.
8154 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8155
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8159 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15192 12228))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8161
8162 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8163
8164 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8165 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8166
8167 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8168
8169 ;;;***
8170 \f
8171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8172 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8173 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8175
8176 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8177 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8178 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8179 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8180 group parameters.
8181
8182 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8183 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8184 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8185 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8186
8187 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8188 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8189 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8190 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8191 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8192 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8193 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8194 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8195 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8196 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8199 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8200 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8201
8202 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8203 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8206 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8207 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8208
8209 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8210
8211 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8212 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8213 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8214
8215 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8216
8217 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8218 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8219 existing groups are considered.
8220
8221 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8222 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8223 returned.
8224
8225 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8226 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8227 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8228 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8229 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8230 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8231 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8232 clauses will be generated.
8233
8234 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8235 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8236 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8237 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8238 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8239 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8240
8241 For example, given the following group parameters:
8242
8243 nnml:mail.bar:
8244 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8245 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8246 nnml:mail.foo:
8247 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8248 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8249 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8250 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8251 nnml:mail.others:
8252 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8253
8254 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8255
8256 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8257 \"mail.bar\")
8258 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8259 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8260 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8261
8262 ;;;***
8263 \f
8264 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8265 ;;;;;; (14791 59015))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8267
8268 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8269 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8270 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8271
8272 ;;;***
8273 \f
8274 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15323
8275 ;;;;;; 15021))
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8277
8278 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8279 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8280 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8281 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8282
8283 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8284
8285 ;;;***
8286 \f
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8288 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8290
8291 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8292 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8293 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8294 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8295 part is ignored.
8296
8297 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8298 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8299 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8300
8301 ;;;***
8302 \f
8303 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8304 ;;;;;; (14791 59020))
8305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8306
8307 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8308 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8309 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8310 for matching on group names.
8311
8312 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8313 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8314
8315 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8316
8317 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8318
8319 ;;;***
8320 \f
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8322 ;;;;;; (14863 43074))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8324
8325 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8326 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8327
8328 ;;;***
8329 \f
8330 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8331 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15209 13375))
8332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8333
8334 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8335 Unload all Gnus features.
8336 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8337 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8338 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8341 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8342
8343 ;;;***
8344 \f
8345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8346 ;;;;;; (15275 13005))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8348
8349 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8350 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8351
8352 ;;;***
8353 \f
8354 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15394 64300))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8356
8357 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8358 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8359
8360 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8361 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8362 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8363
8364 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8365 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8366 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8367
8368 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8369 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8370
8371 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8372 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8373
8374 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8375
8376 ;;;***
8377 \f
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8379 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 40107))
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8381
8382 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8383 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8384 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8385 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8386 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8389 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8390 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8391 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8392 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8395 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8396 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8397 or to send e-mail.
8398 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8399
8400 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8401 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8402
8403 ;;;***
8404 \f
8405 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 25968))
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8407
8408 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8409 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8410 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8411 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8412 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8413
8414 ;;;***
8415 \f
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8417 ;;;;;; (15384 21741))
8418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8419
8420 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8421 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8422 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8423 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8426 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8427 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8428 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8431 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8432 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8433 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8436 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8437 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8438 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8439
8440 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8441 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8442
8443 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8444 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8445 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8446 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8447
8448 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8449 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8450 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8451 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8452
8453 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8454 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8455 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8456 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8457 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and it's value." t nil)
8458 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8459
8460 ;;;***
8461 \f
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15192
8463 ;;;;;; 12238))
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8465
8466 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8467 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8468 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8469 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8470
8471 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8472 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8473 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8474 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8475
8476 ;;;***
8477 \f
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8479 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8481
8482 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8483 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8484
8485 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8486 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8487 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8488 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8489
8490 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8493 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8494 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8495 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8496 to be updated." t nil)
8497
8498 ;;;***
8499 \f
8500 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8501 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8502 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15362 56769))
8503 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8504
8505 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8506 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8507 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8508 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8509 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8510 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8513 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8514 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8515 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8516 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8517 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8518
8519 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8520 is used instead of `load-path'.
8521
8522 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8523 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8524 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8527 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8530
8531 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8532 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8533 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8534
8535 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8536 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8537 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8538 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8539 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8542 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8543 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8544 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8545
8546 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8547 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8548 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8549
8550 ;;;***
8551 \f
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8553 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8555
8556 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8557 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8558 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8559 and window listing and describing the options.
8560 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8561 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8562
8563 ;;;***
8564 \f
8565 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8566 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8567 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15384 21741))
8568 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8569
8570 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8571 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8572 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8573 Commands:
8574 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8575
8576 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8577
8578 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8579
8580 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8581 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8582
8583 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8584 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8585 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8586 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8587
8588 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8589 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8590 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8591
8592 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8593 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8594
8595 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8596 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8597 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8598 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8599 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8600 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8601
8602 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8603 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8604 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8605 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8606
8607 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8608 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8609 that." t nil)
8610
8611 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8612 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8613 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8614 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8615 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8616 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8617
8618 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8619 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8620 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8621 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8622 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8623
8624 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8625 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8626
8627 ;;;***
8628 \f
8629 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8630 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15192 12223))
8631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8632
8633 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8634 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8637 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8638
8639 ;;;***
8640 \f
8641 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8642 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15384 21741))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8644
8645 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8646 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8647 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8648 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8649 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8650
8651 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8652 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8653
8654 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8655 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8656 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8657 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8658
8659 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8660 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8661 periods.
8662
8663 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8664 in hexl format.
8665
8666 A sample format:
8667
8668 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8669 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8670 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8671 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8672 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8673 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8674 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8675 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8676 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8677 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8678 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8679 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8680 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8681 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8682 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8683
8684 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8685 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8686 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8687
8688 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8689 also supported.
8690
8691 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8692
8693 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8694 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8695 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8696
8697 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8698 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8699 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8700
8701 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8702 into the buffer at the current point.
8703
8704 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8705 into the buffer at the current point.
8706
8707 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8708 into the buffer at the current point.
8709
8710 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8711
8712 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8713 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8714
8715 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8716
8717 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8718
8719 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8720 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8721 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8724 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8725 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8726
8727 ;;;***
8728 \f
8729 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8730 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8731 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15251
8732 ;;;;;; 13044))
8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8734
8735 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8736
8737 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8738 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8739
8740 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8741
8742 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8743
8744 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8745 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8746
8747 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8748 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8749 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8750 which can be called interactively, are:
8751
8752 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8753 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8754
8755 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8756 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8757 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8758 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8759
8760 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8761 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8762
8763 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8764 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8765
8766 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8767 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8768 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8769 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8770 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8771 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8772
8773 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8774 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8775
8776 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8777 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8778 Hi-lock: FOO
8779 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8780 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8781 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8782 will be read until
8783 Hi-lock: end
8784 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8785
8786 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8787
8788 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8789 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8790
8791 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8792 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8793 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8794 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8795
8796 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8797
8798 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8799 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8800
8801 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8802 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8803 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8804 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8805
8806 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8807
8808 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8809 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8810
8811 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8812 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8813
8814 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8815
8816 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8817 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8818
8819 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8820 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8821 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8822 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8823 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8824
8825 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8826 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8827
8828 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8829 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8830 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8831
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8835 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15384 21747))
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8837
8838 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8839 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8840 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8841 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8842 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8843 how the hiding is done:
8844
8845 `hide-ifdef-env'
8846 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8847 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8848 is used.
8849
8850 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8851 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8852 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8853 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8854 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8855
8856 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8857 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8858 #endif lines when hiding.
8859
8860 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8861 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8862 is activated.
8863
8864 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8865 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8866 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8867
8868 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8869
8870 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8871 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8872
8873 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8874 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8875
8876 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8877 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8878
8879 ;;;***
8880 \f
8881 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8882 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15243 30330))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8884
8885 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8886 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8887
8888 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8889 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8890 Each element has the form
8891 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8892
8893 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8894 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8895
8896 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8897 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8898
8899 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8900 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8901 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8902 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8903 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8904
8905 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8906 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8907
8908 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8909 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8910
8911 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8912 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8913 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8914
8915 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8916 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8917 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8918 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8919 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8920 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8921
8922 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8923 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8924 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8925
8926 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8927 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8928
8929 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8930
8931 Key bindings:
8932 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8933
8934 ;;;***
8935 \f
8936 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8937 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8938 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8939 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15384 21741))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8941
8942 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8943
8944 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8945 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8946 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8947
8948 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8949 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8950
8951 Without an argument:
8952 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8953 or passive state as determined by the variable
8954 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8955 and passive state.
8956
8957 With an argument ARG:
8958 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8959 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8960 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8961
8962 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8963 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8964 not displayed in a different face.
8965
8966 Functions:
8967 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8968 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8969 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8970 buffer with the contents of a file
8971 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8972 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8973 various faces.
8974
8975 Hook variables:
8976 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8977 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8978 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8979
8980 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8981 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8982
8983 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8984 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8985
8986 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8987 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8988
8989 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8990 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8991 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8992 shown in the last face in the list.
8993
8994 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8995 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8996 buffer to be saved):
8997
8998 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8999
9000 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9001 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9002
9003 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9004 and must not be read-only.
9005
9006 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9007 this function is called interactively.
9008
9009 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9010 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9011 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9012
9013 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9014 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9015 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9016
9017 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9018 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9019
9020 When called interactively:
9021 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9022 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9023 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9024 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9025
9026 When called from a program:
9027 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9028 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9029 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9030 - otherwise just turn it on
9031
9032 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9033 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9034 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9035 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9036
9037 ;;;***
9038 \f
9039 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9040 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9041 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9042 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9043 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 64298))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9045
9046 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9047 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9048 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9049 or insert functions in this list.")
9050
9051 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9052 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9053
9054 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9055 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9056
9057 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9058 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9059
9060 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9061 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9062
9063 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9064 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9065 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9066
9067 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9068 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9069 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9070 \(as atoms)")
9071
9072 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9073 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9074 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9075 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9076 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9077
9078 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9079 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9080 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9081 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9082 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9083 expansions.
9084 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9085 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9086 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9089 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9090 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9091 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9096 ;;;;;; (15241 63600))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9098
9099 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9100 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9101 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9102 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9103 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9104
9105 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9106 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9107 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9108 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9109 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9110
9111 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9112
9113 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9114
9115 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9116 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9117 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9118 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9119 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9120
9121 ;;;***
9122 \f
9123 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9124 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9126
9127 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9128 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9129 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9130
9131 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9132
9133 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9134 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9135
9136 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9137 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9138
9139 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9140
9141 ;;;***
9142 \f
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9144 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9146
9147 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9148 This function is obsolete.
9149 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9150 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9151
9152 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9153 This function is obsolete.
9154 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9155 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9156
9157 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9158 This function is obsolete.
9159 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9160 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9161
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9165 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15384 21741))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9167
9168 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9169 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9170 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9171
9172 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9173 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9174 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9180
9181 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9182 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9183 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9184 Tab indents for Icon code.
9185 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9186 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9187 \\{icon-mode-map}
9188 Variables controlling indentation style:
9189 icon-tab-always-indent
9190 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9191 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9192 icon-auto-newline
9193 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9194 inserted in Icon code.
9195 icon-indent-level
9196 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9197 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9198 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9199 icon-continued-statement-offset
9200 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9201 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9202 icon-continued-brace-offset
9203 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9204 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9205 icon-brace-offset
9206 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9207 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9208 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9209 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9210
9211 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9212 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9217 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9219
9220 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9221 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9222 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9223 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9224
9225 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9226 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9227 separate frames.
9228
9229 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9230
9231 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9232 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9233 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9234
9235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9236
9237 ;;;***
9238 \f
9239 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9240 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9242
9243 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9244 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9245
9246 The main features of this mode are
9247
9248 1. Indentation and Formatting
9249 --------------------------
9250 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9251 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9252
9253 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9254 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9255 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9256 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9257
9258 Comments are indented as follows:
9259
9260 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9261 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9262 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9263
9264 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9265
9266 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9267 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9268 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9269 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9270 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9271
9272 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9273 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9274 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9275
9276 2. Routine Info
9277 ------------
9278 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9279 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9280 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9281 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9282 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9283 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9284 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9285
9286 3. Online IDL Help
9287 ---------------
9288 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9289 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9290 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9291 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9292 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9293
9294 4. Completion
9295 ----------
9296 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9297 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9298 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9299 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9300 mixed or upper case.
9301
9302 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9303 --------------------------------
9304 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9305 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9306
9307 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9308 \\fu FUNCTION template
9309 \\c CASE statement template
9310 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9311 \\f FOR loop template
9312 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9313 \\w WHILE loop template
9314 \\i IF statement template
9315 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9316 \\b BEGIN
9317
9318 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9319 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9320
9321 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9322 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9323 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9324
9325 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9326 -------------------------
9327 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9328 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9329
9330 7. Automatic END completion
9331 ------------------------
9332 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9333 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9334
9335 8. Hooks
9336 -----
9337 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9338 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9339
9340 9. Documentation and Customization
9341 -------------------------------
9342 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9343 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9344 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9345 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9346 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9347
9348 10.Keybindings
9349 -----------
9350 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9351 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9352 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9353
9354 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9360 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9361
9362 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9363 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9364 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9365
9366 ;;;***
9367 \f
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9369 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9370 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15234 28846))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9372
9373 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9374 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9375 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9376 be determined." nil nil)
9377
9378 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9379 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9380 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9381 be determined." nil nil)
9382
9383 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9384 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9385 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9386
9387 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9388 Create an image.
9389 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9390 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9391 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9392 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9393 use its file extension as image type.
9394 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9395 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9396 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9397 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9398
9399 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9400 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9401 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9402 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9403 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9404 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9405 POS may be an integer or marker.
9406 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9407 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9408 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9409 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9410
9411 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9412 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9413 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9414 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9415 defaulted if you omit it.
9416 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9417 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9418 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9419 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9420
9421 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9422 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9423 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9424 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9425
9426 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9427 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9428
9429 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9430
9431 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9432 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9433 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9434 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9435 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9436 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9437 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9438 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9439 satisfied.
9440
9441 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9442
9443 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9444 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9445
9446 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9447 documentation string.
9448
9449 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9450 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9451 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9452 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9453 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9454 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9455 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9456 define SYMBOL.
9457
9458 Example:
9459
9460 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9461 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9462
9463 ;;;***
9464 \f
9465 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9466 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9467 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15391 40437))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9469
9470 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9471 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9472 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9473 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9474
9475 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9476 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9477 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9478 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9479
9480 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9481 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9482 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9483 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9484
9485 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9486 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9487 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9488 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9489
9490 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9491 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9492
9493 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9494 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9495 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9496 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9497
9498 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9499 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9500 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9502 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9503
9504 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9505
9506 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9507
9508 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9509 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9510 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9511 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9512
9513 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9514 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9515 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9516
9517 ;;;***
9518 \f
9519 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9520 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15358 31083))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9522
9523 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9524 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9525
9526 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9527
9528 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9529 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9530 in the buffer.
9531
9532 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9533
9534 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9535 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9536 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9537
9538 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9539 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9540
9541 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9542 to create a buffer index.
9543
9544 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9545 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9546 or like this:
9547 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9548 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9549 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9550 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9551 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9552
9553 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9554 entries are not nested.
9555
9556 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9557 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9558 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9559 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9560
9561 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9562 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9563
9564 The variable is buffer-local.
9565
9566 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9567 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9568 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9569
9570 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9571 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9572 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9573 during matching.")
9574
9575 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9576
9577 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9578 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9579
9580 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9581 of the current buffer as an alist.
9582
9583 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9584 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9585 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9586 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9587 if it is a sub-alist.
9588
9589 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9590
9591 The variable is buffer-local.")
9592
9593 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9594
9595 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9596 Function for finding the next index position.
9597
9598 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9599 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9600 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9601 file.
9602
9603 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9604 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9605
9606 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9607
9608 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9609
9610 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9611 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9612
9613 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9614 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9615 It should return the name for that index item.
9616
9617 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9618
9619 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9620
9621 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9622 Function to compare string with index item.
9623
9624 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9625 non-nil if they match.
9626
9627 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9628 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9629 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9630 arguments match\".
9631
9632 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9633
9634 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9635
9636 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9637 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9638 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9639
9640 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9641
9642 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9643
9644 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9645
9646 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9647 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9648 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9649 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9650
9651 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9652 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9653
9654 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9655
9656 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9657 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9658 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9659 for more information." t nil)
9660
9661 ;;;***
9662 \f
9663 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
9664 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
9665 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15391 40440))
9666 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
9667
9668 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
9669 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
9670
9671 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
9672
9673 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
9674
9675 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
9676
9677 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
9678 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
9679 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
9680 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
9681 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
9682
9683 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
9684 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
9685 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
9686 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
9687 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
9688
9689 ;;;***
9690 \f
9691 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9692 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
9693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9694
9695 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9696 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9697 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9698 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9699 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9700
9701 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9702 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9703
9704 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9705 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9706 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9707 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9708 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9709 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9710 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9711 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9712
9713 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9714 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9715 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9716 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9717 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9718
9719 This variable is only used if the variable
9720 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9721
9722 More precise choices:
9723 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9724 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9725 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9726
9727 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9728
9729 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9730 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9731
9732 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9733 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9734 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9735 to that buffer.
9736 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9737 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9738 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9739 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9740 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9741
9742 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9743
9744 ;;;***
9745 \f
9746 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9747 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9748 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15384 21741))
9749 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9750
9751 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9752 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9753 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9754
9755 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9756 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9757 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9758 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9759 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9760 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9761
9762 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9763 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9764
9765 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9766 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9767 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9768
9769 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9770 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9771 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9772 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9773
9774 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9775 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9776
9777 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9778 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9779 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9780 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9781 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9782
9783 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9784 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9785 KEY is a string.
9786 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9787 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9788 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9789 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9792 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9793 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9794
9795 ;;;***
9796 \f
9797 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9798 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9799 ;;;;;; (15349 7597))
9800 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9801
9802 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9803 Throw away all cached data.
9804 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9805 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9806 system." t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9809 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9810 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9811 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9812 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9813 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9814
9815 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9818 Display the documentation of a file.
9819 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9820 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9821 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9822 The default file name is the one found at point.
9823
9824 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9827 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9828
9829 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9830 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9831
9832 ;;;***
9833 \f
9834 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9835 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15192 12212))
9836 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9837
9838 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9839 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9840
9841 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9842 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9843 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9844
9845 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9846 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9847 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9848
9849 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9850 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9851 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9852 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9853
9854 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9855 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9856 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9859 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9860 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9861 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9862 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9863
9864 ;;;***
9865 \f
9866 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9867 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9868 ;;;;;; (15252 33904))
9869 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9870
9871 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9872 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9875 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9876
9877 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9878
9879 ;;;***
9880 \f
9881 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9882 ;;;;;; (15326 53473))
9883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9884
9885 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9886 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9887 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9888 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9889 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9890 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9891
9892 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9893 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9894
9895 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9896 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9897 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9898 \"s gives German sharp s.
9899 /a gives a with ring.
9900 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9901 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9902 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9903 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9904
9905 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9906 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9907
9908 ;;;***
9909 \f
9910 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9911 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9912 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9913 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15192 12231))
9914 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9915
9916 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9917 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9918 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9919 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9920
9921 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9922 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9923 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9927 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9928 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9929 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9930
9931 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9932 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9933 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9937 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9938 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9939 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9940
9941 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9942 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9943 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9945
9946 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9948 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9949 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9952 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9953 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9954 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9957 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9958 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9959 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9962 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9965 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9968 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9969
9970 ;;;***
9971 \f
9972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9973 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
9974 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9975 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9976 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9977 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9978
9979 ;;;***
9980 \f
9981 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9982 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9983 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9984 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9985 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9986 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15394 64301))
9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9988
9989 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9990 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9991
9992 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9993 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9994 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9995 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9996
9997 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9998 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9999 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10000
10001 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10002
10003 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10004
10005 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10006
10007 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10008
10009 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10010
10011 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10012
10013 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10014 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10015
10016 Each element of this list is also a list:
10017
10018 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10019 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10020
10021 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10022 nil means the default dictionary.
10023
10024 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10025 word.
10026
10027 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10028
10029 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10030 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10031 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10032 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10033 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10034 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10035 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10036 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10037 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10038
10039 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10040 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10041 single word.
10042
10043 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10044 subprocess.
10045
10046 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10047 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10048 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10049 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10050 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10051 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10052 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10053 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10054
10055 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10056
10057 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10058 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10059 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10060
10061 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10062 Key map for ispell menu.")
10063
10064 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10065 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10066 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10067 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10068
10069 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10070
10071 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10072
10073 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10074
10075 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10076
10077 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10078
10079 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10080 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10081 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10082 Valid forms include:
10083 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10084 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10085 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10086 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10087
10088 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10089 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10090 First list is used raw.
10091 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10092
10093 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10094 for skipping in latex mode.")
10095
10096 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10097
10098 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10099 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10100 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10101 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10102
10103 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10104 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10105 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10106 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10107 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10108
10109 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10110 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10111
10112 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10113
10114 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10115 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10116
10117 return values:
10118 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10119 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10120 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10121 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10122 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10123
10124 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10125 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10126 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10129 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10130
10131 Selections are:
10132
10133 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10134 SPC: Accept word this time.
10135 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10136 `a': Accept word for this session.
10137 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10138 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10139 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10140 `?': Show these commands.
10141 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10142 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10143 the aborted check to be completed later.
10144 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10145 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10146 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10147 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10148 `C-l': redraws screen
10149 `C-r': recursive edit
10150 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10151
10152 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10153 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10154 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10157 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10158 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10159
10160 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10161
10162 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10163
10164 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10165 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10166 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10167 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10168
10169 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10170 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10171
10172 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10173 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10174
10175 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10176 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10177
10178 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10179 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10180 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10181 sequence inside of a word.
10182
10183 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10184
10185 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10186 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10187
10188 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10189 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10190 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10191 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10192
10193 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10194 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10195 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10196 available on the net." t nil)
10197
10198 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10199 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10200 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10201
10202 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10203 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10204
10205 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10206 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10209 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10210 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10211 Don't check included messages.
10212
10213 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10214 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10215 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10216
10217 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10218 in your .emacs file:
10219 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10220 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10221 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10222 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10223
10224 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10225 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10226 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10227
10228 ;;;***
10229 \f
10230 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10231 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10232 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15384 21741))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10234
10235 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10236 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10237 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10238 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10239 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10240 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10241
10242 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10243 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10244 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10245 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10246
10247 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10248
10249 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10250 Switch to another buffer.
10251
10252 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10253 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10254 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10255 in another frame.
10256 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10257
10258 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10259 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10260 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10261 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10264 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10265 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10266 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10267
10268 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10269 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10270 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10271 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10272
10273 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10274 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10275 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10277 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10278
10279 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10280
10281 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10282
10283 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10284 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10285 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10286 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10287 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10288
10289 ;;;***
10290 \f
10291 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10292 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10293 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10294 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15192 12234))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10296
10297 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10298
10299 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10300 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10301 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10302 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10303 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10304 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10305 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10306 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10307
10308 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10309 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10310 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10311 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10312
10313 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10314 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10315 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10316 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10317 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10318
10319 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10320 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10323
10324 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10325 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10326 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10327 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10328
10329 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10330 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10331
10332 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10333 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10334 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10335 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10336 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10337
10338 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10339 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10340 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10341 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10342 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10345 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10346 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10347
10348 ;;;***
10349 \f
10350 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15384
10351 ;;;;;; 21741))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10353
10354 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10355 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10356 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10357 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10358 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10359
10360 ;;;***
10361 \f
10362 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10363 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15349 7597))
10364 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10365
10366 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10367 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10368 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10370 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10371
10372 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10373
10374 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10375
10376 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10377 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10378 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10379 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10382 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10383
10384 ;;;***
10385 \f
10386 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10387 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
10388 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10389
10390 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10391 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10392 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10393
10394 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10395 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10396 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10397 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10398 shorter.
10399
10400 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10401 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10402 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10403
10404 ;;;***
10405 \f
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15192
10407 ;;;;;; 12231))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10409
10410 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10411 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10412 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10413 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10414 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10415 positions that contains the current selection.")
10416
10417 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10418 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10419 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10420 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10421 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10422 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10423 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10424
10425 ;;;***
10426 \f
10427 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10428 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15192 12234))
10429 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10430
10431 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10432 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10433 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10434
10435 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10436
10437 ;;;***
10438 \f
10439 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10440 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10442
10443 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10444
10445 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10446 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10447
10448 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10449
10450 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10451 Start or resume an Lm game.
10452 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10453 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10454
10455 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10456 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10457 none / 1 | yes | no
10458 2 | yes | yes
10459 3 | no | yes
10460 4 | no | no
10461
10462 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10463 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10464 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10465
10466 ;;;***
10467 \f
10468 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10469 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10470 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15384
10471 ;;;;;; 21746))
10472 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10473
10474 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10475
10476 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10477 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10478 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10479 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10480 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10481 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10482
10483 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10484 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10485
10486 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10487 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10488
10489 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10490
10491 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10492 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10493 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10494 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10495 to compose.
10496
10497 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10498
10499 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10500
10501 ;;;***
10502 \f
10503 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10504 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15384 21745))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10506
10507 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10508 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10509 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10510 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10511 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10512 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10513 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10514 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10515
10516 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10517 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10518
10519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10520 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10521
10522 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10523
10524 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10525
10526 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10527 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10528 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10529 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10530 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
10531 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
10532 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
10533 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
10534
10535 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
10536 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
10537 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
10538 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
10539
10540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10541 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10542
10543 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
10544
10545 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
10546
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10550 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15384 21741))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10552
10553 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10554 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10555 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10556 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10557
10558 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10559
10560 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10561
10562 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10563 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10564 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10565 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10566 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10567 for large buffers.
10568
10569 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10570 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10571 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10572 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10573 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10574
10575 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10576 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10577 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10578 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10579 slow to keep up with your typing.
10580
10581 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10582 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10583 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10584 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10585 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10586 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10587
10588 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10589 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10590 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10591 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10592
10593 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10594 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10595 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10596 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10597
10598 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10599 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10600 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10601 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10602 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10603
10604 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10605 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10606
10607 ;;;***
10608 \f
10609 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10610 ;;;;;; (15192 12213))
10611 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10612
10613 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10614 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10615
10616 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10617 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10618
10619 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10620 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10621
10622 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10623 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10624 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10625 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10626 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10627 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10628 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10629 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10630 and transmit saved text.
10631 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10632 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10633 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10634
10635 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10636
10637 ;;;***
10638 \f
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15054 32569))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10641
10642 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10643 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10644 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10645 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10646 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10647
10648 ;;;***
10649 \f
10650 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10651 ;;;;;; 14862))
10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10653
10654 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10655 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10656 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10657 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10658
10659 ;;;***
10660 \f
10661 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10662 ;;;;;; (15384 21743))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10664
10665 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10666 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10667 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10668
10669 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10670 Run the locate command with a filter.
10671
10672 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10673 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10674
10675 ;;;***
10676 \f
10677 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
10678 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10679
10680 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10681 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10682 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10683 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10684 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10685 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10686 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10687 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10688 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10689 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10690 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10691 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10692 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10693
10694 ;;;***
10695 \f
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15391
10697 ;;;;;; 40438))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10699
10700 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10701 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10702
10703 ;;;***
10704 \f
10705 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10706 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15192
10707 ;;;;;; 12214))
10708 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10709
10710 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10711
10712 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10713
10714 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10715 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10716 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10717
10718 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10719 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10720
10721 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10722 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10723 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10724 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10725 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10726 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10727 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10728
10729 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10730 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10731 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10732 switch on this list.
10733 See `lpr-command'.")
10734
10735 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10736 *Name of program for printing a file.
10737
10738 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10739 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10740 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10741 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10742 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10743 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10744 argument.")
10745
10746 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10747 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10748 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10749 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10750
10751 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10752 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10753
10754 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10755 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10756 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10757 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10758
10759 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10760 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10761
10762 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10763 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10764
10765 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10766 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10767 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10768 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10769
10770 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10771 Paginate and print the region contents.
10772
10773 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10774 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10775 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10776 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10777
10778 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10779 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10780
10781 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10782 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15394 64298))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10788
10789 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10790
10791 ;;;***
10792 \f
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15192
10794 ;;;;;; 12221))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10796
10797 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10798 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10799 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10800
10801 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10802
10803 ;;;***
10804 \f
10805 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15192
10806 ;;;;;; 12244))
10807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10808
10809 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10810 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10811 \\{m4-mode-map}
10812 " t nil)
10813
10814 ;;;***
10815 \f
10816 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10817 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15192 12214))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10819
10820 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10821 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10822 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10823 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10824 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10827 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10828 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10829 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10830
10831 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10832 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10833 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10834 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10835 bindings.
10836
10837 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10838 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10841 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10842 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10843 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10844 each time the macro executes.
10845 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10846 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10847 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10848 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10849 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10850 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10851 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10852
10853 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10854 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10855 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10856
10857 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10858 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10859 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10860 execute.
10861
10862 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10863 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10864
10865 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10866 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10867 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10868 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10869 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10870
10871 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10872 looked like this:
10873
10874 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10875 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10876 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10877
10878 You could enter the names in this format:
10879
10880 foo
10881 bar
10882 baz
10883
10884 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10885
10886 \\C-x (
10887 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10888 \\C-x )
10889
10890 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10891 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10892 " t nil)
10893 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10894
10895 ;;;***
10896 \f
10897 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10898 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15358 31086))
10899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10900
10901 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10902 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10903 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10904 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10905
10906 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10907 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10908 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10909 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10910 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10911
10912 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10913 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10914 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10915 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10916
10917 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10918 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10919
10920 ;;;***
10921 \f
10922 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10923 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10924 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
10925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10926
10927 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10928 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10929
10930 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10931
10932 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10933 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10934
10935 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10936 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10937 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10938 message.
10939
10940 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10941
10942 ;;;***
10943 \f
10944 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10945 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10946 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15206
10947 ;;;;;; 24546))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10949
10950 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10951 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10952 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10953 often correct parser.")
10954
10955 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10956
10957 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10958 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10959 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10960 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10961
10962 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10963 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10964 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10965 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10966
10967 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10968 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10969 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10970 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10971
10972 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10973 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10974 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10975 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10976 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10977 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10978
10979 ;;;***
10980 \f
10981 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10982 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15391 40440))
10983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10984
10985 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10986 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10987
10988 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10989 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10990 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10991
10992 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10993 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10994 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10999 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15306
11000 ;;;;;; 37169))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11002
11003 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11004 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11005 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11006 king@grassland.com
11007 If `parens', they look like:
11008 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11009 If `angles', they look like:
11010 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11011
11012 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11013 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11014 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11015 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11016 their `Resent-' variants.
11017
11018 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11019 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11020
11021 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11022 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11023 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11024
11025 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11026 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11027 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11028 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11029
11030 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11031 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11032 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11033 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11034
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11038 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11040
11041 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11042 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11043 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11044
11045 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11046
11047 In the browser, use the following keys:
11048
11049 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11050
11051 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11052
11053 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11054 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11055
11056 `makefile-target-colon':
11057 The string that gets appended to all target names
11058 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11059 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11060
11061 `makefile-macro-assign':
11062 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11063 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11064 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11065 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11066 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11067 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11068
11069 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11070 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11071 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11072
11073 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11074 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11075
11076 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11077 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11078 up or down in the browser.
11079
11080 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11081 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11082
11083 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11084 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11085
11086 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11087 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11088 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11089 has been selected in the browser.
11090
11091 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11092 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11093 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11094 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11095 filenames are omitted.
11096
11097 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11098 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11099 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11100 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11101 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11102 the backslash itself intact.
11103 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11104 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11105
11106 `makefile-browser-hook':
11107 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11108 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11109
11110 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11111 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11112 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11113 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11114
11115 ;;;***
11116 \f
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11118 ;;;;;; 28917))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11120
11121 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11122 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11123 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11124
11125 ;;;***
11126 \f
11127 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15384 21743))
11128 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11129
11130 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11131
11132 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11133 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11134 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11135 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11136 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11137 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11138 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11139
11140 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11141 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11142 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11143 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11146 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11147
11148 ;;;***
11149 \f
11150 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15301 62062))
11151 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11152
11153 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11154 Toggle Master mode.
11155 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11156 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11157 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11158
11159 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11160 following commands:
11161
11162 \\{master-mode-map}
11163
11164 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11165 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11166 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11167
11168 ;;;***
11169 \f
11170 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11171 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11172 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11173 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11174 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11175 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11176 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11177 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11178 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11179 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15384 21745))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11181
11182 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11183 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11184
11185 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11186 king@grassland.com
11187 If `parens', they look like:
11188 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11189 If `angles', they look like:
11190 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11191
11192 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11193 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11194
11195 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11196 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11197
11198 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11199 *Local news organization file.")
11200
11201 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11202 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11203 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11204 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11205
11206 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11207 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11208 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11209
11210 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11211
11212 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11213 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11214
11215 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11216 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11217
11218 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11219 *Function for citing an original message.
11220 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11221 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11222 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11223
11224 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11225 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11226 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11227 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11228 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11229
11230 (defvar message-signature t "\
11231 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11232 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11233 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11234 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11235
11236 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11237 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11238 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11239 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11240
11241 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11242
11243 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11244 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11245 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11246 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11247 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11248 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11249 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11250 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11251 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11252 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11253 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11254 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11255 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11256 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11257 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11258 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11259 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11260 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11261 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11262 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11263 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11264 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11265 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11266 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11267 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11270 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11271 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11274 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11275
11276 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11277 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11280 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11281
11282 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11283 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11284 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11285
11286 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11287 Cancel an article you posted.
11288 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11289
11290 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11291 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11292 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11293 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11294
11295 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11296 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11297
11298 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11299 Forward the current message via mail.
11300 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11301 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11302
11303 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11304
11305 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11306
11307 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11308 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11309
11310 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11311 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11312
11313 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11314 Re-mail the current message.
11315 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11316 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11317 you." t nil)
11318
11319 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11320 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11321
11322 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11323 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11324
11325 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11326 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11327
11328 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11329 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11330
11331 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11332 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11333 Works by overstriking characters.
11334 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11335 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11336
11337 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11338 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11339 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11340 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11341
11342 ;;;***
11343 \f
11344 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11345 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11347
11348 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11349 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11350 Special commands:
11351 \\{meta-mode-map}
11352
11353 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11354 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11355
11356 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11357 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11358 Special commands:
11359 \\{meta-mode-map}
11360
11361 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11362 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11363
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11367 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11368 ;;;;;; (14863 43076))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11370
11371 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11372 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11373 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11376 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11377 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11378 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11379 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11380 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11381 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11382
11383 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11384 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11385 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11386 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11387 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11388 means current).
11389 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11390 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11391
11392 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11393 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11394 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11395 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11396 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11397 means current).
11398 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11399 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11400
11401 ;;;***
11402 \f
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11404 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 64300))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11406
11407 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11408 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11409 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11410 to the MH mail system.
11411
11412 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11413
11414 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11415 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11416 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11417 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11418 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11419 that want to create a mail buffer.
11420 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11421
11422 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11423 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11424 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11425 to the MH mail system.
11426
11427 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11428
11429 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11430 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11431 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11432 using the MH mail handling system.
11433 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11434 messages.
11435
11436 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11437
11438 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11439
11440 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11441 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11442 the yanked message.
11443
11444 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11445 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11446 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11447 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11448 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11449
11450 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11451 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11452 inserted in a draft letter.
11453
11454 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11455 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11456
11457 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11458
11459 ;;;***
11460 \f
11461 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
11462 ;;;;;; 64300))
11463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11464
11465 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11466 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11467 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11468 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11469
11470 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11471 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11472
11473 ;;;***
11474 \f
11475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15192 12235))
11476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11477
11478 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11479 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11480
11481 ;;;***
11482 \f
11483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15394 64300))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11485
11486 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11487
11488 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11489
11490 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11491
11492 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11493
11494 ;;;***
11495 \f
11496 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11497 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15192 12215))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11499
11500 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11501 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11502 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11503 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11504 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11505 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11506 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11507 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11508 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11509 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11510 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11511
11512 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11513 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11514 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11515 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11516
11517 ;;;***
11518 \f
11519 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11520 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15384 21743))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11522
11523 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11524 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11525 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11527 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11528
11529 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11530
11531 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11532
11533 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11534 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
11535 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11536 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11537 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11538 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11539 default indication.
11540
11541 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11542 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11543
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11547 ;;;;;; (15192 12224))
11548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11549
11550 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11551 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11552
11553 ;;;***
11554 \f
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11556 ;;;;;; (15192 12230))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11558
11559 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11560 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11561 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11562 the entire message.
11563 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11564
11565 ;;;***
11566 \f
11567 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11568 ;;;;;; (15223 37896))
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11570
11571 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11572 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11573
11574 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11575 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11576
11577 ;;;***
11578 \f
11579 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11580 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11582
11583 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11584 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11585 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11586 followed by the first character of the construct.
11587 \\<m2-mode-map>
11588 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11589 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11590 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11591 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11592 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11593 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11594 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11595 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11596 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11597 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11598 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11599 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11600 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11601 \\[m2-link] link
11602
11603 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11604 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11605 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11606
11607 ;;;***
11608 \f
11609 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11610 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11612
11613 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11614 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11615
11616 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11617 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11618
11619 ;;;***
11620 \f
11621 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15384
11622 ;;;;;; 21743))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11624
11625 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11626 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11627 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11628 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11629
11630 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11631
11632 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11633
11634 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11635
11636 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11637 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11638 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11639 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11640 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11641 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11642
11643 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11644 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11645 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11646 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11647 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11648
11649 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11650 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11651
11652 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11653 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11654
11655 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11656
11657 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11658 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11659 primary selection and region." t nil)
11660
11661 ;;;***
11662 \f
11663 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15394 64300))
11664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11665
11666 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11667 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11668
11669 ;;;***
11670 \f
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15394 64298))
11672 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11673
11674 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11675 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11676 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11678 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11679
11680 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11681
11682 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11683
11684 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11685 Toggle Msb mode.
11686 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11687 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11688 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11689
11690 ;;;***
11691 \f
11692 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11693 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11694 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11695 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11696 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11697 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15394 64299))
11698 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11699
11700 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11701 Display a list of all character sets.
11702
11703 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11704 for internal Emacs use.
11705
11706 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11707 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11708 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11709 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11710 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11711
11712 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11713 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11714 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11715 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11716
11717 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11718 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11721 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11722 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11723 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11724 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11725
11726 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11727 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11728 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11729 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11730 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11731
11732 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11733 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11734
11735 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11736 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11737
11738 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11739 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11740 POS defaults to point.
11741 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11742 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11743 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11744
11745 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11746 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11747
11748 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11749 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11750
11751 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11752 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11753 at the place of `..':
11754 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11755 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11756 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11757 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11758 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11759 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11760 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11761 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11762 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11763 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11764 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11765 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11766 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11767 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11768 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11769 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11770
11771 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11772 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11773
11774 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11775 Display a list of all coding systems.
11776 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11777
11778 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11779 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11780
11781 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11782 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11783
11784 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11785 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11786
11787 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11788 Display information of FONTSET.
11789 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11790
11791 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11792 Display a list of all fontsets.
11793 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11794 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11795 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11796
11797 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11798 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11799
11800 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11801 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11802
11803 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11804 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11805 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11806 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11807
11808 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11809 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11810 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11811
11812 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11813 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11814 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11815
11816 ;;;***
11817 \f
11818 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11819 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11820 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11821 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11822 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11823 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11824 ;;;;;; (15391 40439))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11826
11827 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11828 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11829 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11830
11831 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11832 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
11833
11834 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11835 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
11836
11837 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11838 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11839
11840 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11841 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11842 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11843 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11844 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11845
11846 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11847 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11848 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11849 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11850 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11851
11852 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11853 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11854
11855 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11856
11857 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11858 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11859
11860 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11861 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11862 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11863
11864 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11865 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11866 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11867
11868 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11869 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11870 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11871 is considered.
11872 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11873 longer than KEYSEQ.
11874 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11875
11876 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11877 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11878 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11879 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11880 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11881 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11882 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11883 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11884 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11885 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11886 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11887
11888 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11889 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11890
11891 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11892 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
11893
11894 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11895 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
11896
11897 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11898 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
11899
11900 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11901 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
11902
11903 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11904 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11905 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11906 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11907
11908 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11909 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11910 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11911 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11912
11913 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11914 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11915 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11916 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11921 ;;;;;; (15358 31083))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11923
11924 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11925 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11926 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11928 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11929
11930 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11931
11932 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11933
11934 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11935 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11936 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11937 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11940 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11941
11942 ;;;***
11943 \f
11944 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11945 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11946 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11947 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11949
11950 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11951 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11952
11953 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11954 Ping HOST.
11955 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11956 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11959 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11960
11961 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11962
11963 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11964 Run netstat program." t nil)
11965
11966 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11967 Run the arp program." t nil)
11968
11969 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11970 Run the route program." t nil)
11971
11972 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11973 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11974
11975 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11976 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11977
11978 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11979 Run dig program." t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11982 Run ftp program." t nil)
11983
11984 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11985 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11988 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11989 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11990 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11991
11992 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11995 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11996
11997 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11998 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11999
12000 ;;;***
12001 \f
12002 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
12003 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
12004 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
12005 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
12006 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15391 40438))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12008
12009 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12010
12011 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12012
12013 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12014
12015 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12016
12017 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12018
12019 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12020 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12021 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
12022 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12023 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
12024
12025 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12026 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12027
12028 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12029 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12030 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12031 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12032
12033 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12034 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12035
12036 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12037 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12038 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12039
12040 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12041 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12042 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12043 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12044 column indentation or nil.
12045 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12046
12047 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12048 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12049 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12050
12051 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12052 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12053 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12054 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12055
12056 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12057 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12058
12059 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12060 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12061 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12062
12063 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12064
12065 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12066 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12067
12068 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12069 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12070 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12071
12072 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12073 Set the comment column based on point.
12074 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12075 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12076 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12077 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12078
12079 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12080 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12081 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12082
12083 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12084 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12085 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12086 comment markers." t nil)
12087
12088 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12089 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12090 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12091 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12092 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12093 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12094 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12095 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12096
12097 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12098 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12099
12100 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12101 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12102 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12103 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12104 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12105 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12106 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12107 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12108
12109 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12110 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12111 This indents the body of the continued comment
12112 under the previous comment line.
12113
12114 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12115 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12116 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12117
12118 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12119 or comment indentation.
12120
12121 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12122 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12123
12124 ;;;***
12125 \f
12126 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
12127 ;;;;;; 32485))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12129
12130 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12131 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12132 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12133 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12134 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12135 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12136
12137 ;;;***
12138 \f
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (15394 64299))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12142
12143 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12144 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12145 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12146
12147 ;;;***
12148 \f
12149 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12150 ;;;;;; (14860 4779))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12152
12153 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12154 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12155 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12156
12157 ;;;***
12158 \f
12159 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12162
12163 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12164 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12165
12166 ;;;***
12167 \f
12168 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12169 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 59086))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12171
12172 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12173 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12176 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12177
12178 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12179 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12180
12181 ;;;***
12182 \f
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12184 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15192 12215))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12186
12187 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12188 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12189 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12190
12191 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12192
12193 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12194 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12195 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12196 to future sessions." t nil)
12197
12198 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12199 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12200 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12201 to future sessions." t nil)
12202
12203 ;;;***
12204 \f
12205 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12206 ;;;;;; (15297 22180))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12208
12209 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12210 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12211 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12212 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12213 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12214 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12215
12216 ;;;***
12217 \f
12218 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12219 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12221
12222 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12223 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12224 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12225 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12226 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12227
12228 ;;;***
12229 \f
12230 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12231 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12233
12234 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12235 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12236 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12237
12238 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12239
12240 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12241 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12242
12243 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12244 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12245 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12246
12247 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12248
12249 ;;;***
12250 \f
12251 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12252 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12254
12255 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12256 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12257
12258 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12259 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12260 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12261 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12262
12263 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12264 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12265 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12266 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12267 is why you need this mode!).
12268
12269 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12270 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12271 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12272
12273 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12274
12275 Keybindings
12276 ===========
12277
12278 \\{octave-mode-map}
12279
12280 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12281 ==============================================
12282
12283 octave-auto-indent
12284 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12285 Default is nil.
12286
12287 octave-auto-newline
12288 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12289 Default is nil.
12290
12291 octave-blink-matching-block
12292 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12293 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12294
12295 octave-block-offset
12296 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12297 Default is 2.
12298
12299 octave-continuation-offset
12300 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12301 Default is 4.
12302
12303 octave-continuation-string
12304 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12305 Default is a backslash.
12306
12307 octave-mode-startup-message
12308 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12309 Default is t.
12310
12311 octave-send-echo-input
12312 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12313 command to the inferior Octave process.
12314
12315 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12316 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12317 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12318
12319 octave-send-echo-input
12320 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12321
12322 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12323
12324 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12325 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12326
12327 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12328 (setq auto-mode-alist
12329 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12330
12331 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12332 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12333
12334 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12335 (lambda ()
12336 (abbrev-mode 1)
12337 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12338 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12339 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12340
12341 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12342 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12343 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12344 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12345
12346 ;;;***
12347 \f
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (15192 12215))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12351
12352 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12353 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12354 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12355
12356 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12357 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12358 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12359 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12360 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12361
12362 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12363
12364 ;;;***
12365 \f
12366 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12367 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12369
12370 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12371 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12372 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12373 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12374
12375 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12376 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12377 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12378 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12379
12380 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12381 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12382 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12383 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12384 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12385 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12386
12387 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12388 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12389
12390 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12391 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12392 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12393 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12394 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12395 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12396 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12397 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12398 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12399 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12400 The subheadings remain visible.
12401 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12402
12403 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12404 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12405 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12406
12407 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12408 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12409
12410 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12411 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12412 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12413 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12414
12415 ;;;***
12416 \f
12417 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15336 49893))
12418 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12419
12420 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12421 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12422 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12424 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12425
12426 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12427
12428 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12429
12430 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12431 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12432 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12433 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12434
12435 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12436 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
12441 ;;;;;; 61071))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12443
12444 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12445 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12446 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12447
12448 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12449 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12450
12451 Other useful functions are:
12452
12453 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12454 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12455 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12456 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12457 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12458 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12459 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12460 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12461 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12462
12463 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12464
12465 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12466 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12467 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12468 Indentation for case statements.
12469 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12470 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12471 mark after an end.
12472 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12473 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12474 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12475 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12476 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12477 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12478 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12479 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12480 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12481 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12482
12483 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12484 pascal-separator-keywords.
12485
12486 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12487 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12488
12489 ;;;***
12490 \f
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12492 ;;;;;; (15223 37895))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12494
12495 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12496 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12497 The keys affected are:
12498 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12499 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12500 M-Backspace does undo.
12501 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12502 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12503 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12504
12505 ;;;***
12506 \f
12507 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12508 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15358 31086))
12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12510
12511 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12512 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12513
12514 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12515
12516 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12517 which modify the status of the mark.
12518
12519 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12520 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12521
12522 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12523 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12524
12525 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12526 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12527 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12528 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
12529 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
12530
12531 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12532 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12533
12534 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12535 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12536 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12537
12538 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12539 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12540 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12541
12542 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12543 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12544
12545 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12546 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12547 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12548
12549 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12550 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
12551 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
12552
12553 F6 `other-window'
12554 DELETE `delete-char'
12555 C-DELETE `kill-line'
12556 M-DELETE `kill-word'
12557 C-M-DELETE `kill-sexp'
12558 C-BACKSPACE `backward-kill-word'
12559 M-BACKSPACE `undo'" t nil)
12560
12561 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12562 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12563 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12564 and cursor movement commands.
12565 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12566 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12567
12568 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12569
12570 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12571
12572 ;;;***
12573 \f
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15192
12575 ;;;;;; 12215))
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12577
12578 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12579 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12580
12581 ;;;***
12582 \f
12583 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12584 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15192 12215))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12586
12587 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12588 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12589
12590 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12591 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12592
12593 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12594 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12595
12596 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12597 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12598
12599 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12600
12601 ;;;***
12602 \f
12603 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12604 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15192 12215))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12606
12607 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12608 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12609
12610 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12611 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12612
12613 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12614 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12615
12616 ;;;***
12617 \f
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15192
12619 ;;;;;; 12215))
12620 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12621
12622 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12623 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12624 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12625 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12626 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12627 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12628
12629 ;;;***
12630 \f
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12632 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12633 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15192 12215))
12634 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12635
12636 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12637 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12638
12639 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12640
12641 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12642 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12643
12644 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12645 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12646
12647 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12648 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12649
12650 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12651
12652 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12653 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12654
12655 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12656 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12657
12658 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12659 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12660
12661 ;;;***
12662 \f
12663 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12664 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12665 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15192
12666 ;;;;;; 12215))
12667 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12668
12669 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12670 Support extensible programmable completion.
12671 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12672 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12673
12674 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12675 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12676
12677 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12678 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12679 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12680
12681 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12682 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12683
12684 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12685 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12686 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12689 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12690
12691 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12692 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12693
12694 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12695 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12696 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12697 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12698 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12699
12700 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12701 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12702
12703 ;;;***
12704 \f
12705 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12706 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12707 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15394 64298))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12709
12710 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12711 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12712 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12713 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12714
12715 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12716
12717 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12718 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12719 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12720 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12721 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12722 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12723 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12724
12725 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12726 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12727 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12728 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12729 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12730 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12731 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12732 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12733
12734 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12735 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12736 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12737 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12738 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12739 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12740
12741 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12742 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12743 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12744 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12745 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12746 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12747 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12748
12749 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12750
12751 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12752 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12753 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12754
12755 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12756 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12757 nil means never do it.
12758 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12759 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12760 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12761
12762 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12763 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12764 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12765
12766 ;;;***
12767 \f
12768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15394 64298))
12769 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12770
12771 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12772
12773 ;;;***
12774 \f
12775 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12776 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12778
12779 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12780 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12781 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12782 Tab indents for Perl code.
12783 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12784 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12785 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12786 \\{perl-mode-map}
12787 Variables controlling indentation style:
12788 `perl-tab-always-indent'
12789 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12790 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12791 `perl-tab-to-comment'
12792 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12793 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12794 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12795 `perl-nochange'
12796 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12797 `perl-indent-level'
12798 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12799 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12800 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12801 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
12802 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12803 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12804 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
12805 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12806 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12807 `perl-brace-offset'
12808 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12809 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
12810 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12811 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12812 `perl-label-offset'
12813 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12814 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
12815 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
12816
12817 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12818 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12819 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12820 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12821 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12822 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12823 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12824
12825 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12826
12827 ;;;***
12828 \f
12829 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12830 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12832
12833 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12834 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12835 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12836 afterwards settable by these commands:
12837 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12838 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12839 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12840 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12841 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12842 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12843 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12844 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12845 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12846 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12847 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12848 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12849 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12850 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12851 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12852 with these commands:
12853 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12854 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12855 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12856 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12857 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12858 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12859 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12860 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12861 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12862 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12863 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12864 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12865 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12866 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12867 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12868 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12869 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12870 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12871 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12872 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12873 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12874 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12875 text is saved in the kill ring.
12876 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12877 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12878 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12879 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12880 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12881 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12882 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12883 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12884 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12885 commands if invoked soon enough.
12886 You can return to the previous mode with:
12887 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12888 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12889
12890 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
12891
12892 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12893 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12894
12895 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12896
12897 ;;;***
12898 \f
12899 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15306 37170))
12900 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12901
12902 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12903 Play pong and waste time.
12904 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12905 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12906
12907 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12908
12909 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12910
12911 ;;;***
12912 \f
12913 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12914 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15254 8041))
12915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12916
12917 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12918 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12919 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12920 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12921 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12922
12923 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12924 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12925 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12926 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12927 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12928
12929 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12930 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12931 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12932 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12933
12934 ;;;***
12935 \f
12936 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12937 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12939
12940 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12941 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12942 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12943 Commands:
12944 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12945 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12946 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12947
12948 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12949 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12950
12951 ;;;***
12952 \f
12953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 42899))
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12955
12956 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12957 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12958 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12959
12960 ;;;***
12961 \f
12962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15349 7598))
12963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12964 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
12965
12966 ;;;***
12967 \f
12968 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12969 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12970 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12971 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15275 13004))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12973
12974 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12975 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12976
12977 Valid values are:
12978
12979 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12980 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12981 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12982 changed by setting the variable
12983 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12984 The initial value of this variable is
12985 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12986 documentation).
12987
12988 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12989 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12990 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12991 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12992 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12993 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12994 test it.
12995
12996 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12997 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12998 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12999 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13000 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13001 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13002 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13003 use this value, be sure to have installed
13004 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13005 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13006 documentation of this variable).
13007
13008 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13009 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13010 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13011 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13012 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13013 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13014
13015 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13016
13017 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13018 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13019 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13020
13021 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13022
13023 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13024 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13025
13026 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13027
13028 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13029
13030 Returns the value:
13031
13032 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13033
13034 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13035 the sequence." nil nil)
13036
13037 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13038 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13039
13040 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13041 composition.
13042
13043 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13044
13045 Returns the value:
13046
13047 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13048
13049 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13050 the sequence." nil nil)
13051
13052 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13053 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13054
13055 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13056 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13057 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13058
13059 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13060 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13061
13062 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13063 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13064 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13065
13066 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13067
13068 ;;;***
13069 \f
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13071 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13072 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13073 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13074 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13075 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15275 13004))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13077
13078 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13079 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13080 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13081 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13082
13083 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13084 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13085
13086 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13087 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13088
13089 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13090 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13091 sending it to the printer.
13092
13093 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13094 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13095 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13096
13097 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13098 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13099 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13100 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13101 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13102
13103 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13104 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13105 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13106
13107 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13108 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13109 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13110 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13111 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13112
13113 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13114 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13115 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13116 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13117
13118 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13119
13120 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13121 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13122 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13123 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13124 so it has a way to determine color values.
13125
13126 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13127
13128 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13129 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13130 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13131
13132 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13133
13134 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13135 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13136 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13137 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13138 so it has a way to determine color values.
13139
13140 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13141
13142 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13143 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13144
13145 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13146 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13147 instead of sending it to the printer.
13148
13149 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13150 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13151 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13152
13153 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13154 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13155 current ps-print setup.
13156 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13157 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13158
13159 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13160 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13161 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13162
13163 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13164 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13165 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13166
13167 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13168 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13169
13170 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13171 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13172
13173 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13174 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13175
13176 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13177 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13178
13179 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13180
13181 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13182
13183 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13184 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13185
13186 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13187 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13188
13189 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13190 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13191
13192 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13193
13194 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13195
13196 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13197
13198 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13199 foreground and background colors respectively.
13200
13201 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13202 bold - use bold font.
13203 italic - use italic font.
13204 underline - put a line under text.
13205 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13206 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13207 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13208 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13209 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13210
13211 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13212
13213 ;;;***
13214 \f
13215 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13216 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13217 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13218 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13219 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15391 40439))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13221
13222 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13223 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13224
13225 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13226 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13227 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13228
13229 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13230 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13231
13232 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13233 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13234 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13235 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13236 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13237 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13238 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13239
13240 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13241 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13242 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13243 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13244 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13245 shown.
13246 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13247
13248 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13249 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13250 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13251 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13252 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13253 list of candidates.
13254
13255 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13256 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13257 command to be called.
13258
13259 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13260 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13261 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13262 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13263
13264 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13265 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13266 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13267 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13268 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13269 to t.
13270
13271 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13272 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13273 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13274 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13275
13276 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13277 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13278 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13279 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13280
13281 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13282 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13283 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13284 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13285 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13286 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13287
13288 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13289 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13290 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13291 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13292 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13293 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13294
13295 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13296 covers Quail translation region.
13297
13298 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13299 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13300 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13301 for it) is inserted.
13302
13303 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13304 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13305 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13306
13307 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13308 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13309 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13310
13311 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13312 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13313
13314 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13315 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13316 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13317 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13318 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13319
13320 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13321 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13322
13323 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13324 keyboard type." t nil)
13325
13326 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13327 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13328 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13329 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13330 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13331 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13332 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13333 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13334 for the translation.
13335 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13336
13337 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13338 it is used to handle KEY.
13339
13340 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13341 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13342 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13343 the following annotation types are supported.
13344
13345 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13346 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13347
13348 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13349 candidate list.
13350
13351 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13352 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13353 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13354 inserted.
13355
13356 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13357 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13358
13359 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13360 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13361
13362 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13363 which to install MAP.
13364
13365 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13366
13367 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13368 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13369
13370 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13371 which to install MAP.
13372
13373 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13374
13375 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13376 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13377 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13378 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13379 a function, or a cons.
13380 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13381 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13382 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13383 for the translation.
13384 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13385 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13386 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13387 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13388 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13389
13390 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13391 it is used to handle KEY.
13392
13393 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13394 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13395 current Quail package.
13396
13397 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13398 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13399
13400 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13401 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13402
13403 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13404 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13405
13406 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13407
13408 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13409 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13410
13411 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13412 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13413 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13414 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13415 of the Emacs source tree.
13416
13417 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13418 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13419
13420 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13421 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13422 of each directory." t nil)
13423
13424 ;;;***
13425 \f
13426 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13427 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13428 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15192
13429 ;;;;;; 12237))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13431
13432 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13433 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13434 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13435 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13436
13437 To make use of this do something like:
13438
13439 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13440
13441 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13442
13443 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13444 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13445
13446 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13447 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13448 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13449
13450 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13451 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13452
13453 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13454 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13455
13456 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13457 is decided." t nil)
13458
13459 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13460 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13461
13462 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13463 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13464 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13465
13466 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13467 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13468
13469 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13470 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13471
13472 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13473 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13474
13475 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13476
13477 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13480 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13481
13482 ;;;***
13483 \f
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15192
13485 ;;;;;; 12237))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13487
13488 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13489 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13490 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13491
13492 ;;;***
13493 \f
13494 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13495 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
13496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13497
13498 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13499 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13500
13501 ;;;***
13502 \f
13503 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13504 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13505 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15394 64298))
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13507
13508 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13509 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13510
13511 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13512 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13513
13514 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13515 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13516
13517 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13518 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13519 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13520 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13521 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13522
13523 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13524 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13525
13526 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13527 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13528 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13530 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13531
13532 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13533
13534 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13535
13536 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13537 Toggle recentf mode.
13538 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13539 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13540
13541 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13542 were operated on recently." t nil)
13543
13544 ;;;***
13545 \f
13546 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13547 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13548 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13549 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15358
13550 ;;;;;; 31083))
13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13552
13553 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13554 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
13555 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
13556 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13557 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13558
13559 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13560 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13561 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13562 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13563 ends.
13564
13565 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13566 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13567 to be deleted." t nil)
13568
13569 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13570 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13571 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13572
13573 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13574 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13575 deleted." nil nil)
13576
13577 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13578 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13579 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13580
13581 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13582 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13583
13584 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13585 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13586
13587 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13588 deleted." t nil)
13589
13590 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13591 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13592
13593 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13594 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13595 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13596 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13597 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13598 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13599 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13600
13601 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13602 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13603
13604 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13605 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13606
13607 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13608 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13609 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13610 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13611
13612 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13613 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13614 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13615 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13616 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13617
13618 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13619 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13620
13621 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13622 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13623 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13624
13625 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13628 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13629
13630 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13631 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13632 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13633
13634 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13635 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13636 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13637
13638 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13639 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13640 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13641
13642 ;;;***
13643 \f
13644 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15306
13645 ;;;;;; 37172))
13646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13647
13648 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13649 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13650 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13651
13652 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13653 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13654 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13655
13656 ;;;***
13657 \f
13658 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13659 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13660 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13661
13662 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13663 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13664
13665 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13666 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13667
13668 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13669 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13670
13671 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13672 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13673 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13674 \\ref macro.
13675
13676 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13677 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13678 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13679
13680 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13681 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13682 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13683
13684 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13685 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13686
13687 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13688 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13689
13690 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13691 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13692 on the menu bar.
13693
13694 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13695
13696 ;;;***
13697 \f
13698 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13699 ;;;;;; (15192 12247))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13701
13702 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13703 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13704 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13705 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13706 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13707 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13708
13709 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13710
13711 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13712
13713 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13714 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13715 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13716 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13717
13718 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13719 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13720 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13721 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13722
13723 ;;;***
13724 \f
13725 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13726 ;;;;;; (15384 21747))
13727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13728
13729 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13730 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13731 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13732
13733 To insert new phrases, use
13734 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13735 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13736
13737 To index phrases use one of:
13738
13739 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13740 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13741 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13742 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13743 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13744
13745 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13746 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13747
13748 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13749
13750 Here are all local bindings.
13751
13752 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13753
13754 ;;;***
13755 \f
13756 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13757 ;;;;;; (15384 21745))
13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13759
13760 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13761 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13762 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13763 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13764 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13765 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13766
13767 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13768 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13769
13770 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13771 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13772
13773 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13774 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13775 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13776 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13777
13778 ;;;***
13779 \f
13780 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15185 35996))
13781 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13782
13783 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13784 Repeat most recently executed command.
13785 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13786 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13787 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13788
13789 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13790 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13791 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13792
13793 ;;;***
13794 \f
13795 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13796 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
13797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13798
13799 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13800 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13801
13802 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13803 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13804 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13805 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13806 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13807 and point is left after the salutation.
13808
13809 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13810 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13811 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13812 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13813 left after that text.
13814
13815 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13816 is non-nil.
13817
13818 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13819 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
13820 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13821 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13822
13823 ;;;***
13824 \f
13825 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13826 ;;;;;; (15384 21743))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13828
13829 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13830 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13831 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13832 visibility of comments that precede it.
13833 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13834 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13835 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13836 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13837 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13838 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13839 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13840 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13841 the comment lines.
13842 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13843 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13844 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13845 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13846 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13847 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13848
13849 ;;;***
13850 \f
13851 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13852 ;;;;;; 50658))
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13854
13855 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13856 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13857
13858 ;;;***
13859 \f
13860 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
13861 ;;;;;; (15369 56001))
13862 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
13863
13864 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
13865 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
13866 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
13867
13868 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
13869 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
13870 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
13871
13872 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
13873 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
13874 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13876 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
13877
13878 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13879
13880 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
13881
13882 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
13883 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
13884 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
13885
13886 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
13887 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
13888 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
13889
13890 ;;;***
13891 \f
13892 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
13893 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
13894 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15384 21743))
13895 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
13896
13897 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
13898 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13899 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
13900 If emacs is not running under a window system,
13901 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
13902
13903 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
13904 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13905 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
13906 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
13907 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
13908
13909 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
13910 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
13911 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13913 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
13914
13915 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13916
13917 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
13918
13919 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
13920 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
13921 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
13922 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
13923 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
13924 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
13925 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
13926
13927 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13928 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
13929
13930 ;;;***
13931 \f
13932 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13933 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13935
13936 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13937 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13938
13939 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13940 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13941
13942 ;;;***
13943 \f
13944 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13946 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13947
13948 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13949 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13950 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13951 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13952
13953 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13954
13955 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13956 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13957 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13958 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13959
13960 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13961 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13962
13963 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13964 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13965
13966 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13967 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13968 INPUT-ARGS.
13969
13970 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13971 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13972 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13973 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13974 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13975
13976 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13977 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13978 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13979 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13980
13981 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13982 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13983 variable." t nil)
13984
13985 ;;;***
13986 \f
13987 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13988 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13989 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13990 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13991 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13992 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13993 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15391 40440))
13994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13995
13996 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13997 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13998 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13999 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14000
14001 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14002 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14003 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14004 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14005 value is the user's name.)
14006 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14007
14008 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14009 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14010 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14011 which normally happens once for each message,
14012 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14013 To make a change in this variable take effect
14014 for a message that you have already viewed,
14015 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14016
14017 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14018 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14019 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14020 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14021
14022 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14023 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14024
14025 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14026 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14027 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14028 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14029
14030 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14031 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14032
14033 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14034 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14035
14036 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14037 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14038 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14039 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14040 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14041
14042 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14043 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14044
14045 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14046 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14047
14048 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14049 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14050
14051 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14052 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14053
14054 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14055 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14056
14057 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14058 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14059
14060 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14061 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14062
14063 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14064 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14065
14066 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14067 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14068 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14069 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14070
14071 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14072 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14073
14074 This is set to nil by default.")
14075
14076 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14077 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14078 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14079 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14080 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14081
14082 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14083 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14084 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14085 It is called with no argument.")
14086
14087 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14088 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14089 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14090 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14091 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14092 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14093 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14094
14095 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14096 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14097 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14098 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14099 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14100 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14101
14102 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14103 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14104 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14105 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14106 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14107
14108 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14109 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14110 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14111 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14112 MSG is the message number,
14113 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14114 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14115
14116 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14117 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14118 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14119 this feature is required with `require'.")
14120
14121 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14122 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14123 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14124 the message is decoded as normal way.
14125
14126 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14127 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14128 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14129
14130 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14131 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14132 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14133
14134 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14135 Read and edit incoming mail.
14136 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14137 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14138 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14139
14140 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14141 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14142 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14143 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14144
14145 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14146
14147 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14148 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14149 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14150 Instead, these commands are available:
14151
14152 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14153 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14154 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14155 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14156 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14157 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14158 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14159 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14160 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14161 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14162 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14163 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14164 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14165 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14166 till a deleted message is found.
14167 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14168 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14169 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14170 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14171 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14172 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14173 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14174 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14175 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14176 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14177 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14178 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14179 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14180 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14181 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14182 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14183 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14184 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14185 (label defaults to last one specified).
14186 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14187 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14188 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14189 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14190 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14191 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14192 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14193 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14194 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14195
14196 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14197 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14198
14199 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14200 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14201
14202 ;;;***
14203 \f
14204 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14205 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14206 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14207
14208 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14209 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14210
14211 ;;;***
14212 \f
14213 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14214 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14215 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15192 12236))
14216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14217
14218 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14219 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14220 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14221
14222 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14223 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14224 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14225
14226 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14227
14228 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14229 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14230 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14231 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14232 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14233
14234 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14235 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14236 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14237 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14238 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14239
14240 ;;;***
14241 \f
14242 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14243 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14245
14246 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14247 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14248 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14249 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14250
14251 ;;;***
14252 \f
14253 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14254 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14255 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15192 12236))
14256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14257
14258 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14259 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14260 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14261 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14262 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14263 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14264 a file name as a string.")
14265
14266 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14267 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14268 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14269 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14270 buffer visiting that file.
14271 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14272 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14273
14274 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14275 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14276
14277 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14278 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14279
14280 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14281 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14282
14283 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14284 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14285
14286 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14287 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14288 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14289 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14290 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14291
14292 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14293 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14294 will be appended with their original headers.
14295
14296 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14297 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14298
14299 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14300 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14301
14302 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14303
14304 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14305 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14306 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14307
14308 ;;;***
14309 \f
14310 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14311 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14312 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15192
14313 ;;;;;; 12236))
14314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14315
14316 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14317 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14318 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14319
14320 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14321 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14322 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14323
14324 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14325 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14326 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14327
14328 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14329 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14330 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14331
14332 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14333 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14334 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14335
14336 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14337 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14338 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14339
14340 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14341 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14342 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14343 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14344
14345 ;;;***
14346 \f
14347 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14348 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14349 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14350 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14351 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15391 40440))
14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14353
14354 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14355 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14356
14357 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14358 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14359
14360 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14361 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14362
14363 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14364 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14365 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14366
14367 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14368 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14369 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14370 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14371 only look in the To and From fields.
14372 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14373
14374 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14375 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14376 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14377 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14378 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14379
14380 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14381 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14382 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14383 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14384 look in the whole message.
14385 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14386
14387 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14388 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14389 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14390
14391 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14392 *Function to decode summary-line.
14393
14394 By default, `identity' is set.")
14395
14396 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14397 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14398 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14399 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14400 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14401 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14402 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14403
14404 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14405 sent by you under different user names.
14406 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14407
14408 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14409
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14413 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14415
14416 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14417 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14418 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14419 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14420
14421 ;;;***
14422 \f
14423 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14424 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15192 12217))
14425 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14426
14427 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14428 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14429 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14430
14431 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14432 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14433 in rot 13.
14434
14435 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14436
14437 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14438 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14439
14440 ;;;***
14441 \f
14442 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14443 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14444 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14445 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14446 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14448
14449 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14450 *This variable is obsolete.")
14451
14452 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14453
14454 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14455
14456 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14457 *This variable is obsolete.")
14458
14459 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14460 *This variable is obsolete.")
14461
14462 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14463 *This variable is obsolete.")
14464
14465 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14466 *This variable is obsolete.")
14467
14468 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14469 *This variable is obsolete.")
14470
14471 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14472 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14473
14474 ;;;***
14475 \f
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15391
14477 ;;;;;; 40438))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14479
14480 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
14481 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
14482
14483 ;;;***
14484 \f
14485 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
14486 ;;;;;; 6955))
14487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14488
14489 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14490 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14491 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14492 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14493
14494 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14495 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14496 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14497
14498 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14499 notation.
14500
14501 STRING
14502 matches string STRING literally.
14503
14504 CHAR
14505 matches character CHAR literally.
14506
14507 `not-newline'
14508 matches any character except a newline.
14509 .
14510 `anything'
14511 matches any character
14512
14513 `(any SET)'
14514 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14515 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14516
14517 '(in SET)'
14518 like `any'.
14519
14520 `(not (any SET))'
14521 matches any character not in SET
14522
14523 `line-start'
14524 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14525 in the text being matched
14526
14527 `line-end'
14528 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14529
14530 `string-start'
14531 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14532 string being matched against.
14533
14534 `string-end'
14535 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14536 string being matched against.
14537
14538 `buffer-start'
14539 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14540 buffer being matched against.
14541
14542 `buffer-end'
14543 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14544 buffer being matched against.
14545
14546 `point'
14547 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14548
14549 `word-start'
14550 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14551 word.
14552
14553 `word-end'
14554 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14555
14556 `word-boundary'
14557 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14558 word.
14559
14560 `(not word-boundary)'
14561 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14562 word.
14563
14564 `digit'
14565 matches 0 through 9.
14566
14567 `control'
14568 matches ASCII control characters.
14569
14570 `hex-digit'
14571 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14572
14573 `blank'
14574 matches space and tab only.
14575
14576 `graphic'
14577 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14578 space, and DEL.
14579
14580 `printing'
14581 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14582 and DEL.
14583
14584 `alphanumeric'
14585 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14586 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14587
14588 `letter'
14589 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14590 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14591
14592 `ascii'
14593 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14594
14595 `nonascii'
14596 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14597
14598 `lower'
14599 matches anything lower-case.
14600
14601 `upper'
14602 matches anything upper-case.
14603
14604 `punctuation'
14605 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14606 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14607
14608 `space'
14609 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14610
14611 `word'
14612 matches anything that has word syntax.
14613
14614 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14615 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14616 of the following symbols.
14617
14618 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14619 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14620 `word' (\\sw)
14621 `symbol' (\\s_)
14622 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14623 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14624 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14625 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14626 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14627 `escape' (\\s\\)
14628 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14629 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14630 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14631
14632 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14633 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14634
14635 `(category CATEGORY)'
14636 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14637 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14638
14639 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14640 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14641 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14642 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14643 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
14644 `symbol' (\\c5)
14645 `digit' (\\c6)
14646 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14647 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14648 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14649 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14650 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14651 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14652 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14653 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14654 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14655 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14656 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14657 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14658 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14659 `ascii' (\\ca)
14660 `arabic' (\\cb)
14661 `chinese' (\\cc)
14662 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
14663 `greek' (\\cg)
14664 `korean' (\\ch)
14665 `indian' (\\ci)
14666 `japanese' (\\cj)
14667 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14668 `latin' (\\cl)
14669 `lao' (\\co)
14670 `tibetan' (\\cq)
14671 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14672 `thai' (\\ct)
14673 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14674 `hebrew' (\\cw)
14675 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
14676 `can-break' (\\c|)
14677
14678 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14679 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14680
14681 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14682 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14683
14684 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14685 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14686 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14687
14688 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14689 another name for `submatch'.
14690
14691 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14692 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14693 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14694 regular expression.
14695
14696 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14697 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14698 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14699 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14700 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14701
14702 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14703 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14704
14705 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14706 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14707
14708 `(0+ SEXP)'
14709 like `zero-or-more'.
14710
14711 `(* SEXP)'
14712 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14713
14714 `(*? SEXP)'
14715 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14716
14717 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14718 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14719
14720 `(1+ SEXP)'
14721 like `one-or-more'.
14722
14723 `(+ SEXP)'
14724 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14725
14726 `(+? SEXP)'
14727 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14728
14729 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14730 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14731
14732 `(optional SEXP)'
14733 like `zero-or-one'.
14734
14735 `(? SEXP)'
14736 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14737
14738 `(?? SEXP)'
14739 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14740
14741 `(repeat N SEXP)'
14742 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14743
14744 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14745 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14746
14747 `(eval FORM)'
14748 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14749 `regexp-quote' it.
14750
14751 `(regexp REGEXP)'
14752 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14753
14754 ;;;***
14755 \f
14756 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14757 ;;;;;; (15192 12245))
14758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14759
14760 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14761 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14762 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14763
14764 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14765 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14766 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14767 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14768 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14769 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14770 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14771 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14772
14773 Commands:
14774 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14775 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14776 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14777 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14778 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14781 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14782 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14783
14784 Commands:
14785 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14786 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14787 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14788 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14789 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14790 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14791
14792 ;;;***
14793 \f
14794 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14795 ;;;;;; (14791 59103))
14796 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14797
14798 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14799 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14800 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14801
14802 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14803
14804 ;;;***
14805 \f
14806 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
14807 ;;;;;; 64301))
14808 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14809
14810 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14811 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14812 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14813 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14814
14815 Interesting variables:
14816
14817 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
14818 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14819
14820 `scribe-electric-quote'
14821 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14822
14823 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
14824 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14825 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14826
14827 ;;;***
14828 \f
14829 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14830 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15192 12217))
14831 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14832
14833 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14834 Control/track scroll locking.
14835
14836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14837 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14838
14839 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14840
14841 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14842
14843 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14844 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
14845
14846 ;;;***
14847 \f
14848 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14849 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14850 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14851 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14852 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14853 ;;;;;; (15323 13041))
14854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14855
14856 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14857 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14858
14859 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14860 king@grassland.com
14861 If `parens', they look like:
14862 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14863 If `angles', they look like:
14864 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14865 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14866 derived from the envelope-from address.
14867
14868 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14869 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14870 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14871 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14872
14873 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14874 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14875 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14876 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14877
14878 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14879 is a privileged operation.")
14880
14881 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14882 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14883 This is done when the message is initialized,
14884 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14885
14886 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14887 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14888 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14889
14890 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14891 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14892
14893 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14894 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14895 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14896 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14897 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14898 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14899 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14900
14901 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14902 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14903
14904 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14905 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14906 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14907
14908 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14909 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14910 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14911 when you first send mail.")
14912
14913 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14914 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14915 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14916 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14917 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14918
14919 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14920 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14921 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14922 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14923 This file need not actually exist.")
14924
14925 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14926 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14927 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14928 If a string, that string is inserted.
14929 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14930 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14931 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14932 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14933
14934 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14935 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14936 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14937 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14938 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14939 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14940 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14941 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
14942 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14943 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14944 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14945 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14946 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14947 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14948 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14949
14950 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14951 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14952 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14953 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14954 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14955 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14956
14957 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14958 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14959 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14960
14961 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14962 User should not set this variable manually,
14963 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14964 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14965 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14966 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14967
14968 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14969 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14970 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14971 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14972
14973 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14974 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14975
14976 \\<mail-mode-map>
14977 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14978
14979 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14980 to move to message header fields:
14981 \\{mail-mode-map}
14982
14983 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14984 when the message is initialized.
14985
14986 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14987 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14988
14989 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14990 is inserted.
14991
14992 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14993 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14994
14995 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14996 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14997
14998 The second through fifth arguments,
14999 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15000 the initial contents of those header fields.
15001 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15002 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15003 original message being replied to, or else an action
15004 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15005 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15006 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15007 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15008 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15009 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15010
15011 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15012 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15013
15014 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15015 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15016
15017 ;;;***
15018 \f
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15391 40438))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15021
15022 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15023 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15024 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15025 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15026 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15027 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15028
15029 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15030
15031 ;;;***
15032 \f
15033 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15034 ;;;;;; (15329 41961))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15036
15037 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15038 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15039 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
15040 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
15041 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15042
15043 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15044 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15045 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15046
15047 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15048 your `.emacs' file.
15049
15050 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15051
15052 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15053 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15054 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15055
15056 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15057 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15058 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15059 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15060 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15061 which this is based.
15062
15063 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15064
15065 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15066 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15067 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15068 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15069
15070 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15071 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15072 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15073
15074 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15075 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15076 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15077 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15078
15079 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15080 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15081 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15082 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15083
15084 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15085
15086 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15087 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15088 To work around that, do:
15089 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15090
15091 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15092
15093 ;;;***
15094 \f
15095 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15096 ;;;;;; (15391 40440))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15098
15099 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15100
15101 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15102 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15103 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15104 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15105 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15106 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15107
15108 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15109 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15110 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15111 shell-specific features.
15112
15113 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15114 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15115 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15116
15117 \\[sh-case] case statement
15118 \\[sh-for] for loop
15119 \\[sh-function] function definition
15120 \\[sh-if] if statement
15121 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15122 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15123 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15124 \\[sh-select] select loop
15125 \\[sh-until] until loop
15126 \\[sh-while] while loop
15127
15128 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15129 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15130 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15131 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15132 would indent to the way it currently is.
15133 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15134 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15135
15136
15137 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15138 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15139 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15140 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15141 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15142 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15143
15144 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15145 {, (, [, ', \", `
15146 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15147
15148 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15149 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15150 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15151
15152 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15153 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15154
15155 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15156
15157 ;;;***
15158 \f
15159 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15160 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
15161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15162
15163 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15164 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15165
15166 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15167 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15168 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15169 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15170 the earlier.
15171
15172 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15173
15174 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15175
15176 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15177 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15178 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15179
15180 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15181 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15182
15183 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15184 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15185 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15186 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15187 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15188 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15189 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15190 emacs version).
15191
15192 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15193 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15194 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15195 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15196 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15197
15198 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15199 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15200 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15201
15202 ;;;***
15203 \f
15204 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15205 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15192
15206 ;;;;;; 12217))
15207 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15208
15209 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15210 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15211 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15212 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15213 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15214 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15215 in the cluster." t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15218 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15219 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15220 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15221 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15222
15223 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15224 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15225 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15226 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15227 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15228 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15229 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15230
15231 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15232 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15233
15234 ;;;***
15235 \f
15236 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15237 ;;;;;; (15384 21743))
15238 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15239
15240 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15241 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15242 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15243 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15244 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15245 arguments.")
15246
15247 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15248 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15249 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15250 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15251 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15252 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15253 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15254 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15255 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15256 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15257 discards input when it starts up.)
15258 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15259 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15260 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15261
15262 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15263 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15264 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15265 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15266 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15267 `default-process-coding-system'.
15268
15269 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15270 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15271 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15272 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15273
15274 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15275 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15276
15277 ;;;***
15278 \f
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
15280 ;;;;;; 64300))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15282
15283 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15284 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15285 \\{simula-mode-map}
15286 Variables controlling indentation style:
15287 simula-tab-always-indent
15288 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15289 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15290 simula-indent-level
15291 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15292 simula-substatement-offset
15293 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15294 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15295 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15296 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15297 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15298 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15299 simula-label-offset -4711
15300 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15301 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15302 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15303 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15304 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15305 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15306 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15307 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15308 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15309 simula-electric-indent nil
15310 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15311 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15312 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15313 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15314 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15315 or nil if they should not be changed.
15316 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15317 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15318 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15319 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15320
15321 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15322 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15323
15324 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15325 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15326 at all." t nil)
15327
15328 ;;;***
15329 \f
15330 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15331 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15332 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15333 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15334
15335 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15336 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15337
15338 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15339 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15340 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15341 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15342 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15343
15344 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15345 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15346 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15347 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15348 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15349 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15350 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15351
15352 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15353 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15354 ignored." t nil)
15355
15356 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15357 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15358 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15359 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15360 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15361 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15362 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15363
15364 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15365 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15366 ignored." t nil)
15367
15368 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15369 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15370
15371 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15372 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15373 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15374 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15375
15376 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15377 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15378 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15379 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15380
15381 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15382 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15383 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15384
15385 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15386 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15387
15388 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15389 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15390
15391 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15392 _ interesting point, interregion here
15393 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15394 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15395 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15396 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15397 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15398 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15399 nil skipped
15400
15401 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15402 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15403
15404 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15405 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15406 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15407 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15408 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15409 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15410 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15411 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15412
15413 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15414 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15415 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15416 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15417 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15418 available:
15419
15420 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15421 then: insert previously read string once more
15422 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15423 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15424 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15425
15426 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15427 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15428
15429 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15430 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15431
15432 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15433 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15434 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15435 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15436 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15437 such as backslash.
15438
15439 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15440 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15441 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15442
15443 ;;;***
15444 \f
15445 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15349
15446 ;;;;;; 7597))
15447 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15448
15449 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15450 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15451 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15452
15453 ;;;***
15454 \f
15455 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15456 ;;;;;; (14906 580))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15458
15459 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15460 Display textual smileys as images.
15461 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15462 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15463 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15464
15465 ;;;***
15466 \f
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15468 ;;;;;; (15384 21746))
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15470
15471 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15472
15473 ;;;***
15474 \f
15475 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15384 21747))
15476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15477
15478 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15479 Play the Snake game.
15480 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15481
15482 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15483
15484 snake-mode keybindings:
15485 \\<snake-mode-map>
15486 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15487 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15488 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15489 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15490 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15491 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15492 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
15493
15494 " t nil)
15495
15496 ;;;***
15497 \f
15498 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15499 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15501
15502 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15503 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15504 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15505 Tab indents for C code.
15506 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15507 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15508 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15509 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15510 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15511
15512 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15513 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15514 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15515 Tab indents for C code.
15516 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15517 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15518 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15519 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15520 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15521
15522 ;;;***
15523 \f
15524 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15525 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15526 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15349 7597))
15527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15528
15529 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15530 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15531
15532 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15533 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15534 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15535
15536 For example, the form
15537
15538 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15539 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15540
15541 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15542
15543 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15544 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15545
15546 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15547 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15548 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15549 York City.
15550
15551 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15552
15553 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15554 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15555
15556 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15557 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15558 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15559 York City.
15560
15561 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15562
15563 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15564 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15565 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15566 pair.
15567
15568 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15569
15570 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15571 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15572 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15573
15574 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15575 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15576
15577 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15578
15579 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15580 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15581 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15582
15583 ;;;***
15584 \f
15585 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
15586 ;;;;;; 20348))
15587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15588
15589 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15590 Play Solitaire.
15591
15592 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15593 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15594 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15595 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15596 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15597 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15598 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15599 check after each move or undo)
15600
15601 What is Solitaire?
15602
15603 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15604 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15605 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15606
15607 Le Solitaire
15608 ============
15609
15610 o o o
15611
15612 o o o
15613
15614 o o o o o o o
15615
15616 o o o . o o o
15617
15618 o o o o o o o
15619
15620 o o o
15621
15622 o o o
15623
15624 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15625 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15626 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15627 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15628
15629 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15630 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15631 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15632 this: o o .
15633
15634 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15635 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15636
15637 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15638
15639 o o o
15640
15641 . o o
15642
15643 o o . o o o o
15644
15645 o . o o o o o
15646
15647 o o o o o o o
15648
15649 o o o
15650
15651 o o o
15652
15653 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15654
15655 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15656
15657 ;;;***
15658 \f
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15660 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15661 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15192 12217))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15663
15664 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15665 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15666 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15667
15668 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15669 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15670 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15671 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15672 contiguous.
15673
15674 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15675 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15676 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15677 the sort order.
15678
15679 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15680 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15681
15682 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15683 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15684 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15685 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15686 is called.
15687
15688 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15689 It should move point to the end of the record.
15690
15691 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15692 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15693 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15694 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15695 starts at the beginning of the record.
15696
15697 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15698 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15699 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15700
15701 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15702 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15703 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15704 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15705 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15706 the sort order." t nil)
15707
15708 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15709 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15710 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15711 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15712 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15713 the sort order." t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15716 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15717 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15718 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15719 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15720 the sort order." t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15723 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15724 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15725 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15726 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
15727 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15728 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15729 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15730 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15733 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15734 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15735 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15736 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15737 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15738 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15739 the sort order." t nil)
15740
15741 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15742 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15743 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15744 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15745 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15746 is to be used for sorting.
15747 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15748 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15749 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15750 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15751 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15752
15753 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15754
15755 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15756 the sort order.
15757
15758 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15759 starting with the letter \"f\",
15760 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15761
15762 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15763 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15764 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15765 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15766 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15767 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15768 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15769 the sort order.
15770
15771 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15772 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15773 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15774 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15775 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15776
15777 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15778 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15779 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15780
15781 ;;;***
15782 \f
15783 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15784 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15384 21744))
15785 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15786
15787 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15788
15789 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15790 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15791 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15792 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15793 supported at a time.
15794 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15795 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15796
15797 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15798 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15799 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15800 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15801
15802 ;;;***
15803 \f
15804 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15805 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15192 12248))
15806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15807
15808 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15809
15810 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15811 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15812 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15813 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15814 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15815 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15816
15817 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15818 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15819 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15820 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15821
15822 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15823 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15824 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15825 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15826 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15827
15828 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15829 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15830
15831 ;;;***
15832 \f
15833 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15834 ;;;;;; 31351))
15835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15836
15837 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15838 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15839
15840 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15841 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15842
15843 ;;;***
15844 \f
15845 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15846 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15847 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15349 7598))
15848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15849
15850 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15851 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15852
15853 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15854 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15855
15856 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15857
15858 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15859 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15860
15861 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15862
15863 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15864 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15865 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15866 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15867 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15868 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15869 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15870
15871 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15872
15873 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15874 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15875 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15876 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15877
15878 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15879 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15880 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15881 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15882
15883 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15884 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15885 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15886
15887 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15888 Major mode to edit SQL.
15889
15890 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15891 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15892 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15893
15894 \\{sql-mode-map}
15895 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15896
15897 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15898 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15899 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15900 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15901 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15902 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15903
15904 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15905 `sql-interactive-mode'.
15906
15907 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
15908 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
15909 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
15910
15911 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
15912 (lambda ()
15913 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
15914
15915 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15916 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15917
15918 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15919 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15920 `*SQL*'.
15921
15922 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15923 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15924 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15925 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15926
15927 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15928 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15929
15930 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15931 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15932 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15933 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15934 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15935 `default-process-coding-system'.
15936
15937 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15938
15939 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15940 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15941
15942 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15943 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15944 `*SQL*'.
15945
15946 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15947 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15948 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15949 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15950
15951 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15952 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15953
15954 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15955 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15956 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15957 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15958 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15959 `default-process-coding-system'.
15960
15961 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15962
15963 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15964 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15965
15966 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15967 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15968 `*SQL*'.
15969
15970 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15971 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15972
15973 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15974 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15975
15976 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15977 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15978 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15979 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15980 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15981 `default-process-coding-system'.
15982
15983 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15984
15985 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15986 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15987
15988 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
15989
15990 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15991 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15992 `*SQL*'.
15993
15994 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15995 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15996 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15997 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15998
15999 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16000 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16001
16002 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16003 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16004 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16005 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16006 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16007 `default-process-coding-system'.
16008
16009 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16012 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16013
16014 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16015 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16016 `*SQL*'.
16017
16018 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16019 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16020 defaults, if set.
16021
16022 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16023 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16024
16025 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16026 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16027 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16028 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16029 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16030 `default-process-coding-system'.
16031
16032 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16033
16034 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16035 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16036
16037 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16038 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16039 `*SQL*'.
16040
16041 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16042 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16043
16044 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16045 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16046
16047 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16048 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16049 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16050 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16051 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16052 `default-process-coding-system'.
16053
16054 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16055
16056 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16057 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16058
16059 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16060 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16061 `*SQL*'.
16062
16063 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16064 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16065 as defaults, if set.
16066
16067 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16068 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16069
16070 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16071 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16072 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16073 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16074 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16075 `default-process-coding-system'.
16076
16077 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16078
16079 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16080 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16081
16082 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16083 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16084 `*SQL*'.
16085
16086 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16087 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16088 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16089 `sql-postgres-options'.
16090
16091 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16092 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16093
16094 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16095 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16096 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16097 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16098 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16099 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16100 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16101 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16102
16103 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16104 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16105
16106 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16107
16108 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16109 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16110
16111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16113 `*SQL*'.
16114
16115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16116 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16117 defaults, if set.
16118
16119 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16120 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16121
16122 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16123 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16124 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16125 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16126 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16127 `default-process-coding-system'.
16128
16129 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16130
16131 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16132 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16133
16134 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16135 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16136 `*SQL*'.
16137
16138 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16139 automatic login.
16140
16141 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16142 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16143
16144 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16145 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16146 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16147 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16148
16149 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16150 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16151 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16152 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16153 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16154 `default-process-coding-system'.
16155
16156 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16157
16158 ;;;***
16159 \f
16160 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16161 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16162 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16163 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16164 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16165 ;;;;;; (15384 21744))
16166 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16167
16168 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16169 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16171 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16172
16173 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16174
16175 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16176
16177 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16178 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16179 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16180 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16181 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16182 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16183
16184 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16185
16186 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16187 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16188 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16189 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16190 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16191 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16192 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16193
16194 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16195 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16196 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16197 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16198 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16199 then complete the stroke with button3.
16200 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16201
16202 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16203 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16204 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16205
16206 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16207 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16208 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16209
16210 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16211 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16212
16213 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16214
16215 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16216 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16219 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16220
16221 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16222
16223 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16224 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16225 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16226 chronologically by command name.
16227 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16228
16229 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16230 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16231 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16232 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16233 mode in all buffers when activated.
16234 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16235 new strokes with
16236
16237 > M-x global-set-stroke
16238
16239 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16240 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16241 strokes with
16242
16243 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16244 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16245
16246 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16247 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16248 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16249 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16250
16251 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16252 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16253
16254 ;;;***
16255 \f
16256 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16257 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15384 21747))
16258 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16259
16260 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16261 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16262
16263 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16264 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16265
16266 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16267 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16268
16269 ;;;***
16270 \f
16271 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16272 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
16273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16274
16275 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16276 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16277 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16278 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16279 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16280 original message but it does require a few things:
16281
16282 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16283
16284 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16285 reply buffer.
16286
16287 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16288 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16289 original message.
16290
16291 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16292
16293 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16294
16295 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16296 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16297 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16298
16299 ;;;***
16300 \f
16301 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15384
16302 ;;;;;; 21745))
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16304
16305 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16306 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16307 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16308 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16309
16310 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16311 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16312 avoid a more expansive scan.
16313 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16314
16315 ;;;***
16316 \f
16317 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16319
16320 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16321 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16322 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16323 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16324 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16325
16326 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16327 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16328 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16329 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16330 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16331 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16332 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16333
16334 ;;;***
16335 \f
16336 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15192 12218))
16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16338
16339 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16340 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16341
16342 ;;;***
16343 \f
16344 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15358 31084))
16345 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16346
16347 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16348 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16349 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16350 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16351 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16352 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16353 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16354
16355 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16356 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16357 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16358 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16359
16360 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16361 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16362
16363 ;;;***
16364 \f
16365 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16366 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15301 19234))
16367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16368
16369 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16370 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16371 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16372 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16373 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16374 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16375
16376 Variables controlling indentation style:
16377 `tcl-indent-level'
16378 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16379 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16380 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16381
16382 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16383 documentation for details):
16384 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16385 Controls action of TAB key.
16386 `tcl-auto-newline'
16387 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16388 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16389 `tcl-electric-hash-style'
16390 Controls action of `#' key.
16391 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16392 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16393 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16394
16395 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16396 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16397 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16398 already exist.
16399
16400 Commands:
16401 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16402
16403 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16404 Run inferior Tcl process.
16405 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16406 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16407
16408 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16409 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16410 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16411
16412 ;;;***
16413 \f
16414 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15242 17023))
16415 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16416 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16417
16418 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16419 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16420 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16421 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16422 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16423 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16424 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16425 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16426
16427 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16428 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16429 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16430 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16431
16432 ;;;***
16433 \f
16434 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15394
16435 ;;;;;; 64298))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16437
16438 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16439 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16440 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16441 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16442 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16443 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16444
16445 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16446 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16447
16448 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16449 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16450
16451 ;;;***
16452 \f
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15394
16454 ;;;;;; 64298))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16456
16457 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16458 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16459 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16460 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16461 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16462 program as keyboard input.
16463
16464 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16465 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16466 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16467 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16468
16469 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16470 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16471 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16472 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16473 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16474
16475 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16476
16477 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16478 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16479 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16480 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16481
16482 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16483 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16484 subprocess started." t nil)
16485
16486 ;;;***
16487 \f
16488 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15384 21747))
16489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16490
16491 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16492 Play the Tetris game.
16493 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16494 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16495 as to form complete rows.
16496
16497 tetris-mode keybindings:
16498 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16499 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16500 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16501 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16502 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16503 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16504 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16505 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16506 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16507
16508 " t nil)
16509
16510 ;;;***
16511 \f
16512 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16513 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16514 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16515 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16516 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16517 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16518 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16519 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
16520 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16521
16522 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16523 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16524
16525 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16526 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16527 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16528 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16529 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16530
16531 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16532 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16533 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16534 if it matches the first line of the file,
16535 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16536
16537 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16538 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16539 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16540 if the variable is non-nil.")
16541
16542 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16543 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16544
16545 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16546 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16547 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16548 See the documentation of that variable.")
16549
16550 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16551 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16552 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16553 See the documentation of that variable.")
16554
16555 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16556 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16557 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16558 See the documentation of that variable.")
16559
16560 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16561 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16562 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16563 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16564
16565 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16566 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16567 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16568
16569 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16570 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16571 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16572 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16573
16574 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16575 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16576 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16577 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16578
16579 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16580 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16581 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16582 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16583
16584 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16585 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16586 for example,
16587
16588 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16589 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16590
16591 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16592 use.")
16593
16594 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16595 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16596 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16597 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16598
16599 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16600 window system being used. For example,
16601
16602 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16603 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16604
16605 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16606 otherwise.")
16607
16608 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16609 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16610 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16611
16612 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16613 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16614 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16615 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16616 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16617
16618 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16619 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16620
16621 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16622 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16623
16624 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16625 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16626 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16627 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16628 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16629 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16630 says which mode to use." t nil)
16631
16632 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16633
16634 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16635
16636 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16637
16638 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16639 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16640 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16641 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16642 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16643
16644 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16645 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16646 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16647 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16648 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16649 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16650 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16651
16652 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16653 mismatched $'s or braces.
16654
16655 Special commands:
16656 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16657
16658 Mode variables:
16659 tex-run-command
16660 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16661 tex-directory
16662 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16663 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16664 tex-dvi-print-command
16665 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16666 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16667 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16668 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16669 tex-dvi-view-command
16670 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16671 tex-show-queue-command
16672 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16673 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16674
16675 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16676 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16677 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16678
16679 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16680 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16681 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16682 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16683 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16684
16685 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16686 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16687 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16688 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16689 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16690 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16691 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16692
16693 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16694 mismatched $'s or braces.
16695
16696 Special commands:
16697 \\{latex-mode-map}
16698
16699 Mode variables:
16700 latex-run-command
16701 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16702 tex-directory
16703 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16704 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16705 tex-dvi-print-command
16706 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16707 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16708 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16709 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16710 tex-dvi-view-command
16711 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16712 tex-show-queue-command
16713 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16714 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16715
16716 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16717 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16718 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16719
16720 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16721 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16722 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16723 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16724 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16725
16726 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16727 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16728 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16729 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16730 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16731 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16732 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16733
16734 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16735 mismatched $'s or braces.
16736
16737 Special commands:
16738 \\{slitex-mode-map}
16739
16740 Mode variables:
16741 slitex-run-command
16742 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16743 tex-directory
16744 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16745 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16746 tex-dvi-print-command
16747 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16748 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16749 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16750 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16751 tex-dvi-view-command
16752 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16753 tex-show-queue-command
16754 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16755 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16756
16757 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16758 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16759 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16760 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16761
16762 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16763
16764 ;;;***
16765 \f
16766 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16767 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15322 52028))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16769
16770 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16771 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16772 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16773 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16774
16775 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16776 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16777 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16778
16779 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16780 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16781 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16782 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16783 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16784
16785 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16786 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16787 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16788 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16789
16790 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16791 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16792 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16793 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16794
16795 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16796 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16797
16798 ;;;***
16799 \f
16800 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16801 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15319 49209))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16803
16804 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16805 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16806
16807 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16808 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16809
16810 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16811 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16812
16813 It has these extra commands:
16814 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16815
16816 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16817 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16818 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16819 modified version of TeX input format.
16820
16821 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16822 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16823 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16824 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16825
16826 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16827 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16828 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16829 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16830 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16831 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16832 in the Texinfo file.
16833
16834 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16835 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16836 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16837 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16838 move forward past the closing brace.
16839
16840 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16841 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16842
16843 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16844 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16845 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16846
16847 Here are the functions:
16848
16849 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16850 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16851 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16852
16853 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16854 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16855 texinfo-master-menu
16856
16857 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16858
16859 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16860 which menu descriptions are indented.
16861
16862 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16863 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16864 in the region.
16865
16866 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16867 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16868 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16869 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16870
16871 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16872 be the first node in the file.
16873
16874 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16875 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16876
16877 ;;;***
16878 \f
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16880 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16881 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15384 21746))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16883
16884 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16885 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16886 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16887 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16888
16889 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16890 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16891
16892 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16893 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16894
16895 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16896
16897 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16898 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16899 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16900 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16901 to compose.
16902
16903 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16904
16905 ;;;***
16906 \f
16907 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16908 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16909 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15192 12218))
16910 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16911
16912 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16913 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16914
16915 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16916 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16917 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16918 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16919 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16920
16921 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16922 a symbol as a valid THING.
16923
16924 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16925 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16926
16927 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16928 Return the THING at point.
16929 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16930 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16931 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16932
16933 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16934 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16935
16936 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16937
16938 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16939
16940 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16941
16942 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16943
16944 ;;;***
16945 \f
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16947 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16948 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16949 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16950 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15192
16951 ;;;;;; 12234))
16952 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16953
16954 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16955 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16956 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16957
16958 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16959 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16960
16961 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16962 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16963 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16964
16965 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16966 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16967
16968 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16969 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16970
16971 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16972 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16973 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16974 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16975
16976 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16977 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16978 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16979 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16980
16981 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16982
16983 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16984 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16985 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16986
16987 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16988 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16989 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16990
16991 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16992
16993 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16994
16995 ;;;***
16996 \f
16997 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16998 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17000
17001 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17002 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17003 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17004 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17005 parameters.
17006 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17007
17008 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17009 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17010 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17011 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17012 parameters.
17013 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17014
17015 ;;;***
17016 \f
17017 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17018 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15223 37890))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17020
17021 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17022 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17023
17024 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17025 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17026 This display updates automatically every minute.
17027 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17028 are displayed as well.
17029 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17030
17031 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17032 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17033 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17035 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17036
17037 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17038
17039 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17040
17041 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17042 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17043 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17044
17045 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17046 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17047 are displayed as well.
17048 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17049
17050 ;;;***
17051 \f
17052 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
17053 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
17054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
17055
17056 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17057 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
17058
17059 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17060 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
17061 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
17062
17063 ;;;***
17064 \f
17065 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17066 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15278 57814))
17067 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17068
17069 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17070 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17071 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17072 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17073 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17074 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17075 look like one of the following:
17076 Time-stamp: <>
17077 Time-stamp: \" \"
17078 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17079 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17080 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17081 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17082 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17083 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17084 template." t nil)
17085
17086 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17087 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17088 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17089
17090 ;;;***
17091 \f
17092 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17093 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17094 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17095 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17096 ;;;;;; (15332 4541))
17097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17098
17099 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17100 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17101 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17102 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17103 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17104 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17105 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17106 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17107
17108 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17109 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17110 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17111 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17112 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17113 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17114 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17115 this function is called within a day.
17116
17117 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17118 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17119 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17120 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17121
17122 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17123 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17124 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17125 begun during the last time segment.
17126
17127 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17128 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17129 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17130 discover the reason." t nil)
17131
17132 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17133 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17134
17135 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17136 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17137 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17138 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17139 project you were working on." t nil)
17140
17141 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17142 Ask the user before clocking out.
17143 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17144
17145 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17146 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17147 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17148
17149 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17150 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17151 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17152 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17153 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17154 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17155
17156 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17157 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17158 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17159 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17160
17161 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17162 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17163 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17164 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17165 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17166 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17167 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17168 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17169 non-nil." t nil)
17170
17171 ;;;***
17172 \f
17173 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17174 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17175 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15297 22176))
17176 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17177
17178 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17179
17180 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17181 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17182
17183 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17184 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17185
17186 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17187 Perform an action at time TIME.
17188 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17189 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17190 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17191 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17192 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17193 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17194
17195 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17196
17197 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17198 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17199 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17200 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17201 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17202
17203 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17204
17205 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17206 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17207 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17208 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17209
17210 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17211 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17212 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17213 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17214
17215 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17216 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17217
17218 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17219 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17220
17221 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17222 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17223 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17224 The call should look like:
17225 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17226 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17227 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17228 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17229 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17230
17231 ;;;***
17232 \f
17233 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17234 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15192 12233))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17236
17237 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17238 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17239 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17240 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17241
17242 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17243 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17244 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17245 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17246 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17247 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17248 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17249
17250 ;;;***
17251 \f
17252 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17253 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15384 21744))
17254 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17255 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17256 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17257 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17258
17259 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17260 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17261 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17262 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17263 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17264
17265 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17266 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17267 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17268 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17269 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17270
17271 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17272 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17273 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17274 in the menu in two ways:
17275 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17276 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17277 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17278
17279 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17280 keymap or an alist of alists.
17281 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17282 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17283
17284 ;;;***
17285 \f
17286 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17287 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17288 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15384 21745))
17289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17290
17291 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17292 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17293
17294 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17295 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17296
17297 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17298 Insert new TODO list entry.
17299 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17300 category." t nil)
17301
17302 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17303 List top priorities for each category.
17304
17305 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17306 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17307
17308 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17309 between each category." t nil)
17310
17311 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17312 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17313 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17314 between each category.
17315
17316 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17317
17318 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17319 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17320
17321 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17322
17323 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17324 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17325
17326 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17327 Show TODO list." t nil)
17328
17329 ;;;***
17330 \f
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
17332 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15247 16242))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17334
17335 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17336 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17337 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17339 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17340
17341 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17342
17343 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17344
17345 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17346 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17347 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17348
17349 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17350 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17351
17352 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17353 Add an item to the tool bar.
17354 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17355 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17356 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17357 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17358
17359 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17360 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17361 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17362
17363 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17364 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17365 function." nil nil)
17366
17367 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17368 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17369 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
17370 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
17371 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
17372 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
17373 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
17374
17375 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17376 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17377 function." nil nil)
17378
17379 ;;;***
17380 \f
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17382 ;;;;;; (15332 8799))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17384
17385 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17386 Mode for tooltip display.
17387 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17388
17389 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17390 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17392 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17393
17394 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17395
17396 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17397
17398 ;;;***
17399 \f
17400 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15299
17401 ;;;;;; 63969))
17402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17403
17404 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17405
17406 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17407
17408 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17409 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17410
17411 ;;;***
17412 \f
17413 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17414 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15192 12224))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17416
17417 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17418 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17419
17420 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17421 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17422
17423 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17424 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17425
17426 ;;;***
17427 \f
17428 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15297 22178))
17429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17430
17431 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17432 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17433 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17434 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17435 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17436
17437 ;;;***
17438 \f
17439 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17440 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14588 50057))
17441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17442
17443 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17444 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17445
17446 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17447 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17448 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17449 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17450 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17451 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17452 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17453 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17454
17455 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17456 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17457 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17458 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17459 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17460 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17461 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17462
17463 ;;;***
17464 \f
17465 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17466 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15306 37172))
17467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17468 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17469 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17470 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17471
17472 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17473 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17474 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17475 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17476 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17477 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17478 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17479
17480 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17481 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17482 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17483 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17484
17485 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17486
17487 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17488 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17489 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17490 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17491 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17492 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17493 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17494
17495 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17496 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17497
17498 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17499 \\___/\\
17500 / \\
17501 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17502
17503 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17504
17505 ;;;***
17506 \f
17507 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17508 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17509 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17510 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17512
17513 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17514 Toggle typing break mode.
17515 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17517 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17518
17519 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17520
17521 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17522
17523 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17524 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17525
17526 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17527 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17528
17529 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17530 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17531 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17532
17533 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17534 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17535
17536 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17537 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17538 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17539
17540 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17541 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17542 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17543 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17544 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17545 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17546
17547 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17548 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17549 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17550 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17551
17552 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17553 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17554
17555 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17556 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17557
17558 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17559 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17560 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17561
17562 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17563 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17564 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17565 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17566 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17567 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17568 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17569
17570 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17571 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17572
17573 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17574 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17575 reset the keystroke counter.
17576
17577 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17578 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17579 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17580 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17581
17582 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17583 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17584 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17585 `type-break-schedule' command.
17586
17587 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17588 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17589 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17590 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17591 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17592 or not to continue.
17593
17594 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17595 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17596 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17597 approximate good values for this.
17598
17599 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17600 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17601
17602 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17603 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17604 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17605 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17606 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17607 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17608
17609 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17610 a typing break occur. They include:
17611
17612 `type-break-query-mode'
17613 `type-break-query-function'
17614 `type-break-query-interval'
17615
17616 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17617
17618 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17619 Take a typing break.
17620
17621 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17622 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17623
17624 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17625 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17628 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17629 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17630 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17633 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17634
17635 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17636 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17637 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17638 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17639 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17640 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17641 average typing speed.)
17642
17643 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17644 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17645 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17646 the computed maximum threshold.
17647
17648 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17649 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17650 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17651 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17652 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17653
17654 ;;;***
17655 \f
17656 ;;;### (autoloads (unify-8859-on-decoding-mode unify-8859-on-encoding-mode)
17657 ;;;;;; "ucs-tables" "international/ucs-tables.el" (15383 44376))
17658 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-tables.el
17659
17660 (defvar unify-8859-on-encoding-mode nil "\
17661 Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Encoding mode is enabled.
17662 See the command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17663 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17664 use either \\[customize] or the function `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'.")
17665
17666 (custom-add-to-group (quote mule) (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17667
17668 (custom-add-load (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) (quote ucs-tables))
17669
17670 (autoload (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) "ucs-tables" "\
17671 Set up translation tables for unifying ISO 8859 characters on encoding.
17672
17673 The ISO 8859 characters sets overlap, e.g. 8859-1 (Latin-1) and
17674 8859-15 (Latin-9) differ only in a few characters. Emacs normally
17675 distinguishes equivalent characters from those ISO-8859 character sets
17676 which are built in to Emacs. This behaviour is essentially inherited
17677 from the European-originated international standards. Treating them
17678 equivalently, by translating to and from a single representation is
17679 called `unification'. (The `utf-8' coding system treats the
17680 characters of European scripts in a unified manner.)
17681
17682 In this mode, on encoding -- i.e. output operations -- non-ASCII
17683 characters from the built-in ISO 8859 and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'
17684 charsets are handled automatically by the coding system used if it can
17685 represent them. Thus, say, an e-acute from the Latin-1 charset (the
17686 unified representation) in a buffer saved as Latin-9 will be encoded
17687 directly to a byte value 233. By default, in contrast, you would be
17688 promtped for a general coding system to use for saving the file, which
17689 can cope with separate Latin-1 and Latin-9 representations of e-acute.
17690
17691 See also command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'." t nil)
17692
17693 (defvar unify-8859-on-decoding-mode nil "\
17694 Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Decoding mode is enabled.
17695 See the command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17697 use either \\[customize] or the function `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'.")
17698
17699 (custom-add-to-group (quote mule) (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17700
17701 (custom-add-load (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) (quote ucs-tables))
17702
17703 (autoload (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) "ucs-tables" "\
17704 Set up translation table for unifying ISO 8859 characters on decoding.
17705 On decoding -- i.e. input operations -- non-ASCII characters from the
17706 built-in ISO 8859 charsets are unified by mapping them into the
17707 `iso-latin-1' and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' charsets.
17708
17709 This sets the parent of `standard-translation-table-for-decode'.
17710
17711 See also command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'." t nil)
17712
17713 ;;;***
17714 \f
17715 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17716 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15192 12249))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17718
17719 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17720 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17721 Works by overstriking underscores.
17722 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17723 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17726 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17727 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17728 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17729
17730 ;;;***
17731 \f
17732 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17733 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17735
17736 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17737 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17738 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17739
17740 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17741 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17742 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17743 following the containing message." t nil)
17744
17745 ;;;***
17746 \f
17747 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17748 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17750
17751 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17752 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17753 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17754 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17755 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17756 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17757
17758 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17759 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17760
17761 ;;;***
17762 \f
17763 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17764 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17765 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17766
17767 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17768 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17769 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17770 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17771 to refrain from editing the file
17772 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17773 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17774 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17775 in any way you like." nil nil)
17776
17777 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17778 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17779 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17780 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17781 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17782
17783 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17784 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17785
17786 ;;;***
17787 \f
17788 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17789 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15192 12231))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17791
17792 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17793 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17794 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17795 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17796
17797 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17798 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17799 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17800
17801 ;;;***
17802 \f
17803 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17804 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17805 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17806 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17807 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17808 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17809 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15394 64299))
17810 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17811
17812 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17813 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
17814 See `run-hooks'.")
17815
17816 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17817 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17818 See `run-hooks'.")
17819
17820 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17821 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
17822 See `run-hooks'.")
17823
17824 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17825 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
17826 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17827 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17828 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17829 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17830
17831 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17832 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17833 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17834 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17835 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17836
17837 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17838 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17839 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17840 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17841 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17842 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17843 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17844 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17845 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17846 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17847 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17848
17849 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17850 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
17851
17852 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17853 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17854
17855 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17856 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17857 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17858 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17859 lock steals will raise an error.
17860
17861 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17862
17863 For RCS and SCCS files:
17864 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17865 control.
17866 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17867 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17868 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17869 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17870 it performs a revert.
17871 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17872 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17873 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17874 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17875 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17876 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17877 the option to steal the lock.
17878
17879 For CVS files:
17880 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17881 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17882 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17883 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17884 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17885 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17886 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17887 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17888 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17889
17890 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17891 Register the current file into a version control system.
17892 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17893 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17894
17895 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17896 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17897 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17898 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17899 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17900 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17903 Display diffs between file versions.
17904 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
17905 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
17906 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
17907 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
17908 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
17909 saving the buffer." t nil)
17910
17911 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17912 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
17913 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17914 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
17915
17916 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17917 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
17918 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17919 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17920
17921 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17922 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17923 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17924 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17925 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17926 from the current branch.
17927
17928 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17929
17930 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17931 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17932 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17933
17934 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17935 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17936
17937 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17938
17939 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17940 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17943 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17944 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17945 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17946 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17947 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17948
17949 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17950 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17951 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17952 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17953 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17954 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17955
17956 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17957 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17958
17959 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17960 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
17961 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17962 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17963 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17964
17965 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17966 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17967 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17968
17969 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17970 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17971 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17972 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17973 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17974 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17975 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17976
17977 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17978 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17979 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17980 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17981 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17982 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17983 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17984 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17985 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17986
17987 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17988 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17989
17990 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17991 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17992 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17993 directory.
17994
17995 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17996
17997 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17998 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17999 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18000
18001 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18002 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18003
18004 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18005 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18006
18007 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18008 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18009 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18010 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18011 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18012 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18013
18014 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18015 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18016 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18017 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18018 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18019 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18020 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18021 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18022
18023 Customization variables:
18024
18025 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18026 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18027 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18028 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18029
18030 ;;;***
18031 \f
18032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15394 64298))
18033 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18034 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18035 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18036 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18037 (require 'vc-cvs)
18038 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18039
18040 ;;;***
18041 \f
18042 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18043 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
18044 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18045
18046 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18047 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18048 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18049
18050 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18051
18052 ;;;***
18053 \f
18054 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18055 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
18056 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18057
18058 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18059 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18060 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18061
18062 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18063
18064 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18065 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18066 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18067 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18068
18069 ;;;***
18070 \f
18071 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18072 ;;;;;; (15394 64300))
18073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18074
18075 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18076 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18077
18078 Usage:
18079 ------
18080
18081 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18082 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18083 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18084 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18085 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18086 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18087 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18088 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18089 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18090 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18091 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18092 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18093 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18094 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18095 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18096 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18097 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18098 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18099 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18100
18101 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18102 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18103 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18104
18105 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18106 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18107 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18108 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18109 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18110 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18111 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18112 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18113 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18114
18115 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18116 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18117 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18118 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18119 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18120 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18121 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18122 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18123
18124 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18125 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18126 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18127
18128 - COMMENTS:
18129 `--' puts a single comment.
18130 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18131 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18132 comment in between.
18133 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18134 following lines.
18135 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18136 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18137
18138 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18139 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18140 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18141 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18142 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18143 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18144 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18145 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18146 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18147 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18148 multi-line comments.
18149
18150 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18151 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18152 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18153 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18154 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18155 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18156 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18157 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18158 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18159
18160 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18161 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18162 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18163 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18164 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18165 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18166 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18167 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18168 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18169 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18170
18171 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18172 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18173 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18174 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18175 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18176 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18177 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18178 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18179 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18180 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18181 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18182 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18183 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18184
18185 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18186
18187 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18188 menu).
18189
18190 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18191
18192 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18193 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18194 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18195 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18196 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18197
18198 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18199 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18200 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18201 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18202 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18203 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18204 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18205 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18206 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18207
18208 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18209 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18210 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18211 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18212 specified.
18213
18214 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18215 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18216 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18217 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18218 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18219 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18220
18221 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18222 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18223 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18224 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18225 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18226 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18227 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18228 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18229 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18230 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18231 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18232
18233 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18234 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18235 Math Packages.
18236
18237 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18238 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18239 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18240 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18241 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18242 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18243 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18244 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18245
18246 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18247 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18248 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18249 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18250 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18251 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18252
18253 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18254 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18255 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18256 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18257 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18258
18259 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18260 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18261 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18262 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18263 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18264
18265 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18266 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18267 highlighted if written in lower case.
18268
18269 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18270 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18271 is non-nil.
18272
18273 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18274 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18275 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18276
18277 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18278 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18279 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18280
18281 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18282 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18283 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18284
18285 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18286 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18287 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18288 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18289 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18290 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18291 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18292
18293 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18294 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18295 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18296 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18297 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18298
18299 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18300 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18301 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18302 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18303
18304 - HINTS:
18305 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18306
18307
18308 Maintenance:
18309 ------------
18310
18311 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18312 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18313
18314 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18315
18316 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18317 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18318 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18319 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18320
18321 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18322 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18323 version and release notes can be found.
18324
18325
18326 Bugs and Limitations:
18327 ---------------------
18328
18329 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18330 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18331 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18332 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18333 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18334 does not work under XEmacs.
18335
18336
18337 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18338 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18339
18340 Key bindings:
18341 -------------
18342
18343 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18344
18345 ;;;***
18346 \f
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15192 12224))
18348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18349
18350 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18351 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18352 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18353 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18354
18355 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18356 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18357 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18358 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18359 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18360
18361 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18362 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18363
18364 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18365
18366 * Limitations and unsupported features
18367 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18368 not supported.
18369 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18370 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18371
18372 * Modifications
18373 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18374 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18375 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18376 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18377 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18378 for undoing a repeated change command.
18379 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18380 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18381 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18382
18383 * Extensions
18384 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18385 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18386 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18387 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18388 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18389 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18390 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18391 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18392
18393 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18394
18395 ;;;***
18396 \f
18397 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18398 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18399 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18400 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15192 12234))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18402
18403 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18404 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18405
18406 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18407 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18408 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18409 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18410
18411 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18412 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18413
18414 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18415 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18416 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18417 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18418
18419 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18420 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18421
18422 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18423
18424 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18425
18426 ;;;***
18427 \f
18428 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18429 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18430 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15358
18431 ;;;;;; 31084))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18433
18434 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18435 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18436 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18437 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18438
18439 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18440
18441 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18442 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18443 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18444 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18445 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18446 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18447 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18448
18449 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18450
18451 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18452 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18453 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18454 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18455 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18456 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18457 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18458 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18459
18460 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18461
18462 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18463 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18464 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18465 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18466 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18467 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18468 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18469 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18470
18471 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18472
18473 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18474 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18475 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18476 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18477 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18478 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18479 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18480
18481 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18482
18483 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18484 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18485 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18486
18487 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18488 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18489 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18490 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18491 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18492 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18493 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18494 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18495
18496 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18497
18498 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18499 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18500 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18501
18502 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18503 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18504 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18505 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18506 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18507 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18508 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18509 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18510
18511 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18512
18513 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18514 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18515 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18516
18517 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18518 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18519 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18520
18521 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18522 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18523 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18524 read-only.
18525 \\<view-mode-map>
18526 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18527 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18528 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18529 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18530 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18531
18532 H, h, ? This message.
18533 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18534 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18535 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18536 > move to the end of buffer.
18537 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18538 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18539 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18540 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18541 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18542 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18543 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18544 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18545 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18546 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18547 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18548 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18549 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18550 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18551 Use this to view a changing file.
18552 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18553 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18554 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18555 . set the mark.
18556 x exchanges point and mark.
18557 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18558 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18559 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18560 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18561 ' go to position saved in character register.
18562 s do forward incremental search.
18563 r do reverse incremental search.
18564 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18565 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18566 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18567 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18568 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18569 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18570 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18571 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18572 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18573 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18574 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18575 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18576 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18577 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18578 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18579
18580 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18581 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18582 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18583 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18584 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18585 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18586 will return to that buffer.
18587
18588 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18589
18590 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18591 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18592 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18593 `view-return-to-alist'.
18594 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18595 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18596 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18597
18598 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18599 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18600 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18601 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18602 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18603 1) nil Do nothing.
18604 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18605 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18606 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18607 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18608
18609 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18610
18611 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18612
18613 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18614 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18615
18616 ;;;***
18617 \f
18618 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15192 12224))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18620
18621 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18622 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18623
18624 ;;;***
18625 \f
18626 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18627 ;;;;;; (15358 31086))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18629
18630 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18631 Toggle Viper on/off.
18632 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18633
18634 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18635 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18636
18637 ;;;***
18638 \f
18639 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15384 21746))
18640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18641
18642 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18643 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18644
18645 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18646 hotlist.
18647
18648 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18649 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18650
18651 ;;;***
18652 \f
18653 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18654 ;;;;;; (15358 31084))
18655 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18656
18657 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18658
18659 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18660 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18661 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18663 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18664
18665 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18666
18667 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18668
18669 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18670 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18671 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18672 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18673
18674 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18675 and off otherwise." t nil)
18676
18677 ;;;***
18678 \f
18679 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18680 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18681 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18682 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18683 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18684 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15391 40438))
18685 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18686
18687 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18688 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18689
18690 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18691 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18692
18693 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18694 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18695
18696 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18697 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18698
18699 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18700 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18701
18702 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18703 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18704 These are:
18705 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18706 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18707 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18708 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18709 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18710
18711 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18712 and:
18713 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18714 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18717 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18720 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18721
18722 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18723 whitespace problems." t nil)
18724
18725 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18726 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18727
18728 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18729 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18730
18731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18732 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18733 \(which see).")
18734
18735 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18736
18737 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18738
18739 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18740 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18741 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18742
18743 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18744 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18745
18746 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18747 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18748 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18749
18750 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18751 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18752
18753 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18754 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18755
18756 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18757 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18758 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18759 replaced with TABS).
18760 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18761 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18762
18763 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18764
18765 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18766 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18767
18768 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18769 i - Indentation whitespace.
18770 l - Leading whitespace.
18771 s - Space followed by Tab.
18772 t - Trailing whitespace.
18773
18774 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18775 !<y>.
18776
18777 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18778 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18779 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18780 always they default to 8.)
18781
18782 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18783 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18784 even print it.
18785
18786 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18787 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18788 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18789 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18790 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18791 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18792 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18793 to set smarttab.)
18794
18795 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18796 merge problems.
18797
18798 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18799 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18800 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18801
18802 ;;;***
18803 \f
18804 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18805 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15192 12219))
18806 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18807
18808 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18809 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18810
18811 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18812 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18813
18814 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18815 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18816
18817 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18818 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18819 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18820
18821 ;;;***
18822 \f
18823 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
18824 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15384 21744))
18825 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18826
18827 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18828 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18829 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18830
18831 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18832 Create widget of TYPE.
18833 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18834
18835 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18836 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18837
18838 ;;;***
18839 \f
18840 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18841 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15297
18842 ;;;;;; 22176))
18843 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18844
18845 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18846 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18847 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18848 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18849 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18850 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18851 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18852
18853 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18854 Select the window above the current one.
18855 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
18856 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18857 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18858 negative ARG) of the current window.
18859 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18860
18861 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18862 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18863 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18864 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
18865 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18866 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18867 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18870 Select the window below the current one.
18871 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18872 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18873 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18874 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18875 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18876
18877 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18878 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18879
18880 ;;;***
18881 \f
18882 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18883 ;;;;;; (15185 36001))
18884 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18885
18886 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18887 Toggle winner-mode.
18888 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18889 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18890
18891 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18892
18893 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18894
18895 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18896 Toggle Winner mode.
18897 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18898
18899 ;;;***
18900 \f
18901 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18902 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15297 22176))
18903 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18904
18905 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18906 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18907 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18908 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18909 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18910 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18911 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18912 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18913
18914 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18915 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18916
18917 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18918 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18921 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18922 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18923 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18924 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18925 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18926 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18927 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18928
18929 ;;;***
18930 \f
18931 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18932 ;;;;;; (15394 64299))
18933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18934
18935 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18936 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18937
18938 BUGS:
18939 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18940 are not implemented
18941 - Options for search and replace
18942 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18943 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18944
18945 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18946 Emacs-like.
18947
18948 The key bindings are:
18949
18950 C-a backward-word
18951 C-b fill-paragraph
18952 C-c scroll-up-line
18953 C-d forward-char
18954 C-e previous-line
18955 C-f forward-word
18956 C-g delete-char
18957 C-h backward-char
18958 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18959 C-j help-for-help
18960 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18961 C-l ws-repeat-search
18962 C-n open-line
18963 C-p quoted-insert
18964 C-r scroll-down-line
18965 C-s backward-char
18966 C-t kill-word
18967 C-u keyboard-quit
18968 C-v overwrite-mode
18969 C-w scroll-down
18970 C-x next-line
18971 C-y kill-complete-line
18972 C-z scroll-up
18973
18974 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18975 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18976 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18977 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18978 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18979 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18980 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18981 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18982 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18983 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18984 C-k b ws-begin-block
18985 C-k c ws-copy-block
18986 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18987 C-k f find-file
18988 C-k h ws-show-markers
18989 C-k i ws-indent-block
18990 C-k k ws-end-block
18991 C-k p ws-print-block
18992 C-k q kill-emacs
18993 C-k r insert-file
18994 C-k s save-some-buffers
18995 C-k t ws-mark-word
18996 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18997 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18998 C-k v ws-move-block
18999 C-k w ws-write-block
19000 C-k x kill-emacs
19001 C-k y ws-delete-block
19002
19003 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19004 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19005 C-o j justify-current-line
19006 C-o k kill-buffer
19007 C-o l list-buffers
19008 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19009 C-o r set-fill-column
19010 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19011 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19012 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19013 C-o wo other-window
19014 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19015
19016 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19017 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19018 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19019 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19020 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19021 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19022 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19023 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19024 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19025 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19026 C-q a ws-query-replace
19027 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19028 C-q c end-of-buffer
19029 C-q d end-of-line
19030 C-q f ws-search
19031 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19032 C-q l ws-undo
19033 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19034 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19035 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19036 C-q w ws-last-error
19037 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19038 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19039 " t nil)
19040
19041 ;;;***
19042 \f
19043 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15384
19044 ;;;;;; 21744))
19045 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19046
19047 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19048 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19049 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19050
19051 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19052
19053 ;;;***
19054 \f
19055 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19056 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15384 21747))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19058
19059 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19060 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19061
19062 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19063 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19064
19065 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19066 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19067 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19068
19069 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19070 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19071
19072 ;;;***
19073 \f
19074 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15321 50029))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19076
19077 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19078 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19079
19080 ;;;***
19081 \f
19082 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19083 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15384 21746))
19084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19085
19086 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19087 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19088
19089 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19090 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19091
19092 Zone-mode does two things:
19093
19094 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19095 when saving the file
19096
19097 - fontification" t nil)
19098
19099 ;;;***
19100 \f
19101 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
19102 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "term/pc-win.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
19103 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/mml.el" "help.el"
19104 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "env.el" "buff-menu.el" "abbrevlist.el" "byte-run.el"
19105 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
19106 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
19107 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
19108 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "map-ynp.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "patcomp.el"
19109 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "regi.el" "register.el"
19110 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "tcp.el" "timezone.el"
19111 ;;;;;; "unused.el" "vcursor.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
19112 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "widget.el" "xscheme.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
19113 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
19114 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el"
19115 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
19116 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
19117 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
19118 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
19119 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
19120 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
19121 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
19122 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el"
19123 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
19124 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
19125 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/mlsupport.el"
19126 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
19127 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
19128 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
19129 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
19130 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
19131 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
19132 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
19133 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
19134 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
19135 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
19136 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
19137 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
19138 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
19139 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
19140 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
19141 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
19142 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
19143 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
19144 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
19145 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
19146 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
19147 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
19148 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
19149 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
19150 ;;;;;; "gnus/parse-time.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
19151 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
19152 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "language/english.el"
19153 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
19154 ;;;;;; "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
19155 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
19156 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
19157 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
19158 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
19159 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "play/gametree.el"
19160 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
19161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
19163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
19164 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "term/AT386.el"
19165 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
19166 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
19167 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
19168 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
19169 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
19170 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/wyse50.el"
19171 ;;;;;; "term/x-win.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page.el"
19172 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
19173 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
19174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
19175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "saveplace.el" "uniquify.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
19176 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
19177 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
19178 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
19179 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
19180 ;;;;;; "abbrev.el" "generic-x.el" "mouse-drag.el" "version.el" "w32-fns.el"
19181 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
19182 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19183 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
19184 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
19185 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
19186 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19187 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
19188 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
19189 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
19190 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
19191 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
19192 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
19193 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "international/latin-9.el"
19194 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "allout.el" "bindings.el"
19195 ;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
19196 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "files.el"
19197 ;;;;;; "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el" "frame.el" "indent.el"
19198 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "loadup.el" "menu-bar.el" "mouse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
19199 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
19200 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "vc-hooks.el" "window.el" "xml.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19201 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
19202 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
19203 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
19204 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
19205 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
19206 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "international/characters.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
19207 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
19208 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el" "international/utf-8.el"
19209 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
19210 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
19211 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
19212 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
19213 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
19214 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "mail/mh-pick.el"
19215 ;;;;;; "obsolete/c-mode.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
19216 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
19217 ;;;;;; "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/internal.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
19218 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
19219 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el") (15394 64965 234514))
19220
19221 ;;;***
19222 \f
19223 ;;; Local Variables:
19224 ;;; version-control: never
19225 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
19226 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
19227 ;;; End:
19228 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here